AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE CO SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
485APOS, 1997-02-14
Previous: SENSORMATIC ELECTRONICS CORP, 10-Q, 1997-02-14
Next: SERVICE MERCHANDISE CO INC, SC 13G, 1997-02-14



                                                    Registration Nos. 33-57730
                                                                      811-2441
   
               As filed with the Commission on February 14, 1997
    
                    --------------------------------------

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM N-4

            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
     Pre-Effective Amendment No.  [ ]                   [ ]
   
     Post-Effective Amendment No. [5]                   [X]
    
                                    and/or
   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
     Amendment No. 57 X
    
                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                          (Exact Name of Registrant)

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              (Name of Depositor)

                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                           Houston, Texas 77019-2191
       (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Officers) (Zip Code)
                                (713) 831-3632
              (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                            Steven A. Glover, Esq.
               Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary
                    American General Life Insurance Company
                  2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, Texas 77019
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                Copies of all communications to Freedman, Levy,
                   Kroll & Simonds 1050 Connecticut Avenue,
                                N.W., Suite 825
                            Washington, D.C. 20036
                        Attention: Gary O. Cohen, Esq.

       

<PAGE>

   
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: April 15, 1997
    
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
   
     [ ] Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
     [ ] On ________________ pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
     [X] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
     [ ] On ________________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
    
If appropriate, check the following:

     [ ] This post-effective  amendment  designates a new effective date for a
         previously filed post- effective amendment

   
Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, Registrant has elected to register an indefinite number or amount of its
securities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933.  That election was  previously
filed in Registrant's  Form N-4  registration  statement  (File No.  2-49805).
Registrant filed a Rule 24f-2 Notice on February 21, 1996, for its fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1995 and will  file a Rule  24f-2  Notice  on or  before
February 28, 1997, for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
    

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT D
                                   FORM N-4

                             Cross Reference Sheet
                            Pursuant to Rule 495(a)
                       Under the Securities Act of 1933

   
                                    PART A
                Showing Location of Information in Prospectus1
    
FORM N-4
ITEM NO.                                                PROSPECTUS CAPTION

1. Cover Page  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover Page

2. Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary

3. Synopsis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract
                                                        Provisions
   
4. Condensed Financial Information. . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract
                                                        Provisions - Financial
                                                        and Performance Infor-
                                                        mation; Cover Page;
                                                        Financial Information2
    

   
5. General Description of Registrant,
   Depositor and Portfolio Companies. . . . . . . . . . AG Life; Separate Ac-
                                                        count D; The Portfo-
                                                        lios and the Fund3;
                                                        Cover Page
    
6. Deductions and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges Under the
                                                        Contracts; Long-Term
                                                        Care and Terminal Ill-
                                                        ness

- --------
   
     1  This registration  statement contains  prospectuses that relate to two
        versions  of the  same  form of  variable  annuity  contract.  The two
        versions  differ with respect to underlying  funds offered.  Except as
        otherwise  noted,  the  information  required by Part A of Form N-4 is
        located  under  the  captions  identified  below in  each,  prospectus
        contained herein, except as otherwise noted.

     2  Contained in the  Prospectus  relating to Contract Form No. 93011 (See
        Part C, Item 24(b)(4)(a)).

     3  Contained in the  Prospectus  relating to Contract  Form No. 97010 and
        Contract Form No. 97011 (See Part C, Item 24(b)(4)(f)(i) and (f)(ii).
    

                                      (i)

<PAGE>

7. General Description of Variable
     Annuity Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synopsis of Contract
                                                        Provisions - Communi-
                                                        cations to Us; Owner
                                                        Account Value; Trans-
                                                        fer, Surrender and Par-
                                                        tial Withdrawal of
                                                        Owner Account Value;
                                                        Owners, Annuitants
                                                        and Beneficiaries; As
                                                        signments; Rights Re-
                                                        served by Us

                                     (ii)

<PAGE>

                                    PART A

FORM N-4
ITEM NO.                                                PROSPECTUS CAPTION

8.  Annuity Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annuity Period and An-
                                                        nuity Payment Options

9.  Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Death Proceeds

10. Purchases and Contract Value. . . . . . . . . . . . Contract Issuance and
                                                        Purchase Payments;
                                                        Owner Account Value;
                                                        Distribution Arrange-
                                                        ments; One-Time Re-
                                                        instatement Privilege

11. Redemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer, Surrender and
                                                        Partial Withdrawal of
                                                        Owner Account Value; 
                                                        Annuity Payment Op-
                                                        tions; Contract Issu-
                                                        ance and Purchase Pay-
                                                        ments; Synopsis of Con-
                                                        tract Provisions - Sur
                                                        renders,   Withdrawals
                                                        and Cancellations;
                                                        Payment and Deferment

12. Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal   Income   Tax
                                                        Matters;  Synopsis  of
                                                        Contract Provi sions -
                                                        Limitations Imposed by
                                                        Retirement  Plans  and
                                                        Employ ers

13. Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable

14. Table of Contents of Statement
      of Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents of  Statement
                                                        of Additional Informa-
                                                        tion


                                     (iii)

<PAGE>

                                    PART B

   
    Showing Location of Information in Statement of Additional Information4
    
                                                        CAPTION IN
FORM N-4                                                STATEMENT OF
ITEM NO.                                                ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

15. Cover Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

16. Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page

17. General Information and
      History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information;
                                                        Regulation and Re-
                                                        serves

18. Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent Auditors;
                                                        Services

19. Purchase of Securities
    Being Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable5
   
20. Underwriters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal Underwriter
    
21. Calculation of Performance
      Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Data for
                                                        the Divisions

   
22. Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Annuity Payments
    

23. Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements

- --------------------

* All required information is included in Prospectus.

- --------
   
     4  This  registration  statement  contains two  statements  of additional
        information  (each an "SAI") that  relate to two  versions of the same
        form of  variable  annuity  contract.  The two  versions  differ  with
        respect to underlying  funds offered.  Except as otherwise  noted, the
        information  required  by  Part B of Form  N-4 is  located  under  the
        captions identified below in each SAI contained herein.

     5  All required information is included in the Prospectus.
    

                                     (iv)

<PAGE>

   
                                    PART C

Information  required  to be  set  forth  in  Part C is set  forth  under  the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C of the Registration Statement.
    
       

                                      (v)

<PAGE>

   
Registrant  is filing this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 5 for the principal
purpose of adding to the  Registration  Statement a prospectus and a statement
of  additional  information  with  respect  to  an  enhanced  version  of  the
Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract offered by American General
Life Insurance Company (Contract Form No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011).

Registrant does not intend for this Post-Effective  Amendment No. 5 to delete,
from the  Registration  Statement,  any document  included in the Registration
Statement,  including any prospectus,  statement of additional  information or
supplement  thereto relating to the original version of the Combination  Fixed
and Variable  Annuity  Contract  offered by American  General  Life  Insurance
Company (Contract Form No. 93011). 
    

                                     (vi)

<PAGE>

               COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                  OFFERED BY
                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       ANNUITY ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT
                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401
                          1-800-247-6584 713/831-3505

   
American  General  Life  Insurance  Company  ("AGL") is offering  the flexible
payment deferred  individual annuity contracts (the "Contracts")  described in
this Prospectus.

You may use AGL's Separate  Account D for a variable  investment  return under
the Contracts based on one or more of the following  mutual fund series of The
Sierra Variable Trust (the "Trust"): the Capital Growth Portfolio,  the Growth
Portfolio,  the  Balanced  Portfolio,  the  Value  Portfolio,  and the  Income
Portfolio (the "Portfolios"), and the Global Money Fund (the "Fund").

You may also use AGL's guaranteed  interest  accumulation  option. This option
has a one-year guarantee period with a guaranteed interest rate.

This  Prospectus is designed to provide  information  about the Contracts that
you ought to know before  investing.  Please read it carefully and keep it for
future  reference.  Information  about certain  aspects of the  Contracts,  in
addition to that found in this Prospectus,  has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  in the  Statement  of  Additional  Information  (the
"Statement").  The  Statement,  dated  April  15,  1997,  is  incorporated  by
reference  into this  Prospectus.  The "Table of  Contents"  of the  Statement
appears  at page ___ of this  Prospectus.  You may  obtain a free  copy of the
Statement  upon  written  or oral  request  to  AGL's  Annuity  Administration
Department  in our Home  Office,  which is  located at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,
Houston,  Texas 77019-2191.  The mailing address and telephone numbers are set
forth above.

NO  PERSON  HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED
STATEMENT (OR ANY SALES  LITERATURE  APPROVED BY AGL) IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE
OFFER CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THE
CONTRACTS  ARE NOT  AVAILABLE  IN ALL  STATES  AND  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM SUCH OFFER WOULD
BE UNLAWFUL THEREIN.
    

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED


                                      (i)

<PAGE>

UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTA TION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
THIS  PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN  ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT  PROSPECTUS OF
THE SIERRA VARIABLE TRUSTAPPLICABLE TO THE FUND AND THE PORTFOLIOS. 

                        Prospectus dated April 15, 1997
    
CONTENTS
   
Glossary......................................................................
Fee Table.....................................................................
Synopsis of Contract Provisions...............................................
AGL...........................................................................
Separate Account D............................................................
The Funds.....................................................................
The Fixed Account.............................................................
Contract Issuance and Purchase Payments.......................................
Owner Account Value...........................................................
Variable Account Value........................................................
Fixed Account Value...........................................................
Transfer, Surrender and Partial Withdrawal of Owner Account Value.............
Transfers.....................................................................
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals..........................................
Annuity Period and Annuity Payment Options....................................
  Annuity Commencement Date...................................................
  Application of Owner Account Value..........................................
  Fixed and Variable Annuity Payments.........................................
  Annuity Payment Options.....................................................
  Transfers...................................................................
Death Proceeds................................................................
  Death Proceeds Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.......................
  Death Proceeds After the Annuity Commencement Date..........................
  Proof of Death..............................................................
Charges Under the Contracts...................................................
  Premium Taxes...............................................................
  Surrender Charge............................................................
  Transfer Charges............................................................
  Charge to Separate Account D................................................
  Miscellaneous...............................................................
  One-Time Reinstatement Privilege............................................
  Reduction in Surrender Charges or Administrative Charges....................
Long-Term Care and Terminal Illness...........................................
  Long-Term Care..............................................................
  Terminal Illness............................................................
Other Aspects of the Contracts................................................
    

                                       2

<PAGE>

   
  Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries; Assignments...........................
  Reports.....................................................................
  Rights Reserved by Us.......................................................
  Payment and Deferment.......................................................
Federal Income Tax Matters....................................................
  General.....................................................................
  Non-Qualified Contracts.....................................................
  Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRAs")....................................
  Simplified Employee Pension Plans...........................................
  Other Qualified Plans.......................................................
  Private Employer Unfunded Deferred Compensation
    Plans.....................................................................
  Excess Distributions - 15% Tax..............................................
  Federal Income Tax Withholding and Reporting................................
  Taxes Payable by AGL and Separate Account D.................................
Distribution Arrangements.....................................................
Legal Matters.................................................................
Other Information on File.....................................................
Contents of Statement of Additional Information...............................
    

                                       3

<PAGE>

GLOSSARY

   
WE, OUR AND US - American General Life Insurance Company ("AGL").
    

YOU  AND  YOUR - a  reader  of this  Prospectus  who is  contemplating  making
purchase  payments or taking any other action in  connection  with a Contract.
This would generally be the Owner.

ACCOUNT  VALUE - the sum of your  Fixed  Account  Value and  Variable  Account
Value.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT - a measuring unit used in  calculating  your interest in a
Division of Separate Account D prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

ANNUITANT - the person named as such in the Contract and on whose life annuity
payments may be based.

ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT  DATE - the date on which we begin making payments under
an Annuity Payment Option, unless a lump-sum distribution is elected instead.

ANNUITY  PAYMENT OPTION - one of the several forms in which you can request us
to make annuity payments.

ANNUITY  PERIOD - the period  during which we make annuity  payments  under an
Annuity Payment Option.

ANNUITY  UNIT - a measuring  unit used in  calculating  the amount of Variable
Annuity Payments.

BENEFICIARY  - the person that you designate to receive any proceeds due under
a Contract following the death of an Owner or an Annuitant.

CODE - the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

CONTINGENT  ANNUITANT  - a person  that you  designate  under a  Non-Qualified
Contract  to become the  Annuitant  if the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity
Commencement Date and the Contingent Annuitant survives the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT  BENEFICIARY  - a person that you designate to receive any proceeds
due under a Contract  following the death of an Owner or an Annuitant,  if the
Beneficiary has died but the Contingent  Beneficiary survives at the time such
proceeds become payable.

CONTRACT - an individual annuity Contract offered by this Prospectus.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - each anniversary of the date of issue of the Contract.

CONTRACT YEAR - each year beginning with the date of issue of the Contract.


                                       4

<PAGE>

DIVISION - one of the several different investment options into which Separate
Account D is divided.
   
FIXED ACCOUNT - the name of the  investment  alternative  under which purchase
payments are allocated to AGL's General Account.
    
FIXED  ACCOUNT  VALUE - the amount of your Account Value which is in the Fixed
Account.

FIXED ANNUITY  PAYMENTS - annuity payments that are fixed in amount and do not
vary with the investment experience of any Division of Separate Account D.

       
   
GENERAL ACCOUNT - all assets of AGL other than those in Separate  Account D or
any other legally-segregated separate account established by AGL.
    

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE - the rate of interest we credit during any Guarantee
Period, on an effective annual basis.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD  - the  period  for  which  a  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate is
credited.

HOME  OFFICE - our  office  at the  following  addresses  and  phone  numbers:
American General Life Insurance Company,  Annuity  Administration  Department,
2727-A Allen Parkway,  Houston,  Texas 77019-2191;  mailing address - P.O. Box
1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401; 1-800-247-6584 or 713-
831-3102.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  ACT OF 1940,  AS  AMENDED  ("1940  ACT") - a federal  law
governing  the  operations  of  investment  companies  such as the  Trust  and
Separate Account D.

NON-QUALIFIED  - not eligible  for the special  federal  income tax  treatment
applicable in connection with retirement  plans pursuant to Sections 401, 403,
or 408 of the Code.

OWNER - the  holder of record  of a  Contract,  except  that the  employer  or
trustee may be the Owner of the Contract in connection with a retirement plan.

QUALIFIED - eligible for the special  federal income tax treatment  applicable
in connection with  retirement  plans pursuant to sections 401, 403, or 408 of
the Code.

SEPARATE  ACCOUNT D - the  segregated  asset  account  referred to as American
General Life Insurance  Company  Separate Account D established to receive and
invest purchase payments allocated to the Divisions under the Contracts.


                                       5

<PAGE>

   
SERIES - An individual  investment fund or portfolio  available for investment
under the Contracts.  Currently,  the Series available under the Contracts are
the Fund and the Portfolios of The Sierra Variable Trust.
    
SURRENDER  CHARGE - a charge  for sales  expenses  that may be  assessed  upon
surrenders of and payments of certain other amounts from a Contract.

VALUATION  DATE - all days on which we are  open  for  business  except,  with
respect to any  Division,  days on which the  related  Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD - the period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the exchange on the next succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY PAYMENTS - annuity payments that vary in amount based on the
investment experience of one or more of the Divisions of Separate Account D.

VARIABLE  ACCOUNT VALUE - the amount of your Account Value that is in Separate
Account D.

WRITTEN - signed, dated, in form and substance satisfactory to us and received
at our Home Office.  See "Synopsis of Contract  Provisions - Communications to
Us." You must use special forms provided by us or your sales representative to
authorize  telephone  transfers,  elect an  Annuity  Option or  exercise  your
one-time reinstatement privilege.

                                       6

<PAGE>

FEE TABLE

   
     The  purpose  of this Fee Table is to  assist  you in  understanding  the
various costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly  pursuant
to a Contract and in connection  with the Fund and the  Portfolios.  The table
reflects  expenses  of  Separate  Account  D as  well  as  the  Fund  and  the
Portfolios. Amounts for state premium taxes or similar assessments may also be
deducted, where applicable.
    

PARTICIPANT TRANSACTION CHARGES

     Front-End Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases .......................   0%
     Maximum Surrender Charge1.......................................... 7.0%
     (computed as a percentage of purchase payments)
     Transfer Fee....................................................... $0 2
   
ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE(3).................................................. $ 35
    
SEPARATE ACCOUNT D ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of average daily net asset
value)

   
     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge..................................1.25%
     Administrative Expense Charge......................................  15%
       Total Separate Account D Annual Expenses.........................1.40%
    

- ------------------

1
     This charge does not apply or is reduced under certain circumstances. See
     "Surrender Charge."

2
   
     This charge is $25 after the twelfth  transfer  (unless such  transfer is
     associated  with the dollar  cost  averaging  program;  see  "Transfers")
     during each Contract Year prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

3
     This charge is waived for  cumulative  premiums of $50,000 or more and is
     not imposed during the Annuity Period.
    

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                       8

   
THE SERIES' ANNUAL EXPENSES(1) (as a percentage of average net assets)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Total Series
                                  Management            Other Expenses     Operating Expenses
                                  Fees After Expense     After Expense        After Expense
                                  Reimbursement          Reimbursement        Reimbursement
                                  and Waiver(2)          and Waiver(2)        and Waiver (2)
<S>                                     <C>                   <C>                  <C>
Capital Growth Portfolio                1.29%                 .20%                 1.49%
Growth Portfolio                        1.26%                 .20%                 1.46%
Balanced Portfolio                      1.19%                 .20%                 1.39%
Value Portfolio                         1.11%                 .20%                 1.31%
Income Portfolio                        1.05%                 .20%                 1.25%
Global  Money Fund                       .15%                 .50%                  .65%
</TABLE>
    
 -----------------------
   
1    Annual  Expenses  are  presented  on a unified  basis that  includes  the
     aggregate  of the (i)  Management  Fees for a Portfolio  and the Funds in
     which that Portfolio  invests and (ii) Other Expenses for a Portfolio and
     the Funds in which  that  Portfolio  invests.  Management  Fees and Other
     Expenses  for the  Funds  in  which a  Portfolio  invests  are  based  on
     assumptions  regarding the mix of individual  Funds and,  therefore,  the
     blend  of  the  expense   experience  of  such  individual  Funds.  These
     assumptions were derived by Sierra Investment Services  Corporation,  the
     investment  advisor to Sierra  Variable Trust  Portfolios,  based on that
     advisor's  experience  regarding a comparable  mutual fund managed by the
     investment  advisor.  Please  refer  to the  Trust  Prospectus  for  more
     details.  The Other Expenses for the Capital  Growth,  Growth,  Balanced,
     Value and Income Portfolios are estimated, because none of the Portfolios
     has financial  statements  covering a period of at least ten months.  The
     Other  Expenses  for the Global  Money  Fund are based on 1996  operating
     experience,  which has been  restated to reflect  current  expenses,  the
     modification of certain voluntary fee waivers and expense reimbursements,
     and credits  allowed by the custodian.  Each  Portfolio's  Other Expenses
     include  a  monthly  fee at an  effective  annual  rate of  0.15% of each
     Portfolio's  net assets.  This fee is paid to Sierra Fund  Administration
     Corporation,  which  pays  the  fee to AGL  for  administration  services
     provided to the Portfolio.
    
   
2    If Expense Reimbursement and Waiver were terminated,  the estimated Total
     Series Operating Expenses would be 1.70%, 1.66%, 1.59%, 1.47%, and 1.39%,
     for the Capital Growth, Growth,  Balanced,  Value, and Income Portfolios,
     respectively,  and the actual Total Series  Operating  Expenses  would be
     1.01% for the Global Money Fund. The investment  advisor may, at its sole
     discretion,  vary the level of or eliminate its voluntary fee waivers and
     expense reimbursement at any time.
    
   
     The Management Fees for the Capital Growth, Growth,  Balanced,  Value and
     Income Portfolios may be higher than shown, depending on the mix of Funds
     in which a  Portfolio  invests.  Absent  any  Expense  Reimbursement  and
     Waiver, such Fees will never exceed 1.52%, 1.50%, 1.48%, 1.36% and 1.26%,
     respectively. Other Expenses for the Portfolios are not expected to vary.
     Please refer to the Trust Prospectus for more details.
    
   
EXAMPLE(3):    If you  surrender  your  Contract at the end of the  applicable
               time  period,  a  $1,000  investment  would be  subject  to the
               following expenses, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
    
   
If all amounts are invested in one of the following Series: 
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1 year           3 years          5 years         10 years
<S>                                     <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
   
Capital Growth Portfolio                $ 93             $137             N/A              N/A
Growth Portfolio                        $ 93             $136             N/A              N/A
Balanced Portfolio                      $ 92             $134             N/A              N/A
Value Portfolio                         $ 91             $132             N/A              N/A
Income Portfolio                        $ 91             $130             N/A              N/A
Global  Money Fund                      $ 85             $112             $150             $246
</TABLE>
    

                                       9

<PAGE>

       
   
EXAMPLE(3):    If you do NOT  surrender  your  Contract or commence an Annuity
               Payment  Option, a $1,000  investment  would be  subject to the
               following expenses, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
    
   
If all amounts are invested in one of the following Series: 
    
<TABLE>
   
<CAPTION>
                                       1 year           3 years          5 years         10 years
<S>                                     <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Capital Growth Portfolio                $ 30             $ 92             N/A              N/A
Growth Portfolio                        $ 30             $ 91             N/A              N/A
Balanced Portfolio                      $ 29             $ 89             N/A              N/A
Value Portfolio                         $ 28             $ 87             N/A              N/A
Income Portfolio                        $ 28             $ 85             N/A              N/A
Global  Money Fund                      $ 22             $ 67             $114             $246
    
</TABLE>

   
3    "N/A" indicates that SEC rules require that the Capital  Growth,  Growth,
     Balanced,  Value and Income Portfolios complete the Examples for only the
     one and three year periods.
    

                                      10

<PAGE>

       
   
THE  EXAMPLES  SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED  A  REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES.  ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN. Similarly,
the assumed 5% annual  rate of return is not an  estimate  or a  guarantee  of
future investment performance.
    

       
   
SYNOPSIS OF CONTRACT PROVISIONS
    
This synopsis should be read together with the other  information set forth in
this Prospectus.  Variations due to requirements  particular to your state are
described  in  supplements  which  are  attached  to  this  Prospectus,  or in
endorsements to your Contract, as appropriate.

The  Contracts  are  designed  to  provide  retirement  benefits  through  the
accumulation  of purchase  payments on a fixed or variable  basis,  and by the
application  of such  accumulations  to  provide  Fixed  or  Variable  Annuity
Payments.

MINIMUM INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS
   
Your  initial  purchase  payment  must be at least  $5,000 . The amount of any
subsequent  purchase  payment that you make must be at least $100. 
    

                                      11

<PAGE>
   
We may also  transfer  funds from a  Division  (other  than the  Global  Money
Division) or from the Guarantee  Period under your Contract  without charge to
the Global Money  Division if the Account  Value of that Division or Guarantee
Period falls below $500. If your Account Value falls below $500, we may cancel
your interest in the Contract and treat it as a full surrender.  See "Contract
Issuance and Purchase Payments."
    

PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCUMULATION

   
Purchase  payments will be  accumulated on a variable or fixed basis until the
Annuity Commencement Date. For variable accumulation, you may allocate part or
all of your  Account  Value to one or more of the six  available  Divisions of
Separate  Account D. Each such Division invests solely in shares of one of six
corresponding  Series  of the  Trust.  See "The  Series ." As the value of the
investments  in a  Series's  shares  increases  or  decreases,  the  value  of
accumulated   purchase  payments  allocated  to  the  corresponding   Division
increases or decreases,  subject to  applicable  charges and  deductions.  See
"Variable Account Value."

For fixed accumulation,  you may allocate part or all of your Account Value to
the Guarantee Period currently available in our Fixed Account. While allocated
to a Guarantee Period, the value of accumulated purchase payments increases at
the Guaranteed  Interest Rate  applicable to that Guarantee  Period.  See "The
Fixed Account."
    

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

   
You may elect to receive Fixed or Variable Annuity Payments,  or a combination
thereof,  commencing on the Annuity  Commencement Date. Fixed Annuity Payments
are periodic payments from AGL, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by
AGL.  The amount of the  payments  will depend on the Annuity  Payment  Option
chosen, the age and, in some cases, sex of the Annuitant, and the total amount
of Account Value applied to the fixed Annuity Payment Option.

Variable Annuity Payments are similar to Fixed Annuity  Payments,  except that
the amount of each  periodic  payment  from AGL will vary  reflecting  the net
investment  return of the Division or Divisions  chosen in  connection  with a
variable  Annuity  Payment  Option.  If the net investment  return for a given
month exceeds an annual rate of 3.5%, the monthly payment will be greater than
the previous  payment.  If the net investment  return for a month is less than
3.5%, the monthly payment will be less than the previous payment. See "Annuity
Period and Annuity Payment Options."
    

CHANGES IN ALLOCATIONS AMONG DIVISIONS AND GUARANTEE PERIODS

   
Prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  you may modify your  election  with
respect to the allocation of future  purchase  payments to each of the various
Divisions and the Guarantee Period, without charge.

In addition,  you may  reallocate  your Account  Value among the Divisions and
Guarantee Period
    


                                      12

<PAGE>

   
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Transfers out of the Guarantee Period,
however,  are subject to limitations  as to amount.  For these and other terms
and conditions of transfer, see "Transfer, Surrender and Partial Withdrawal of
Owner Account Value - Transfers."

After  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  you may  make  transfers  among  the
Divisions or to a fixed Annuity Payment Option, but you may not make transfers
from a fixed Annuity Payment  Option.  See "Annuity Period and Annuity Payment
Options - Transfers."
    

SURRENDERS, WITHDRAWALS AND CANCELLATIONS

You may make a total surrender of or partial  withdrawal from your Contract at
any time prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, by Written request to us. A
Surrender  Charge may be assessed  and some  surrenders  and  withdrawals  may
subject you to tax penalties. See "Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals."

You may cancel  your  Contract by  delivering  it or mailing it with a Written
cancellation request to our Home Office or to the sales representative through
whom it was purchased, before the close of business on the tenth day after you
receive the  Contract.  (In some cases,  the  Contract may provide for a 20 or
30-day,  rather than a ten-day,  period).  If the foregoing  items are sent by
mail,  properly  addressed  and  postage  prepaid,  they  will be deemed to be
received by us on the date actually received.

       
   
We will  refund to you the Owner  Account  Value  plus any  premium  taxes and
Annual  Contract  Fee that have  been  deducted.  In  states  where the law so
requires,  however, we will refund the greater of that amount or the amount of
your purchase  payments,  or, if the law permits,  the amount of your purchase
payments.
    

DEATH PROCEEDS

In  the  event  that  the  Annuitant  or  Owner  dies  prior  to  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  a benefit may be payable to the  Beneficiary.  See "Death
Proceeds Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date."

LIMITATIONS IMPOSED BY RETIREMENT PLANS AND EMPLOYERS

Certain rights you would otherwise have under a Contract may be limited by the
terms of any applicable  employee benefit plan. These limitations may restrict
such things as total and partial surrenders,  the amount or timing of purchase
payments  that may be made,  when annuity  payments must start and the type of
annuity  options that may be  selected.  Accordingly,  you should  familiarize
yourself with these and all other aspects of any retirement plan in connection
with  which a Contract  is used.  We are not  responsible  for  monitoring  or
assuring compliance with the provisions of any

                                      13

<PAGE>

retirement plan.

COMMUNICATIONS TO US

All  communications to us should include your Contract number,  your name and,
if different, the

Annuitant's  name.  Communications  may be directed to the addresses and phone
numbers on the cover of this Prospectus.

Except as otherwise  specified in this Prospectus,  purchase payments or other
communications  are deemed  received  at our Home Office on the actual date of
receipt  there in proper form unless  received  (1) after the close of regular
trading  on The  New  York  Stock  Exchange  or (2)  on a date  that  is not a
Valuation  Date.  In either of these two cases,  the date of  receipt  will be
deemed to be the next Valuation Date.

FINANCIAL AND PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

   
Financial  statements  of AGL and Separate  Account D,  including  information
about the Divisions  that invest in the Fund and the  Portfolios of the Trust,
are included in the  Statement of  Additional  Information.  See  "Contents of
Statement of Additional Information."
    

Advertising  and other  sales  materials  may include  yield and total  return
figures for the  Divisions of Separate  Account D. These  figures are based on
historical  results  and are not  intended  to  indicate  future  performance.
"Yield" is the return  generated by an  investment in a Division over a period
of time  specified  in the  advertisement,  excluding  capital  changes in the
corresponding Fund's investments.  This rate of return is assumed to be earned
over a full year and is shown as a percentage  of the  investment.  "Effective
yield" may also be quoted for the Global Money Division.

"Effective yield" is higher than "yield" because it assumes weekly compounding
over the course of the year.

Total  return is the total  change in value of an  investment  in the Division
over a period of time  specified  in the  advertisement.  The rate of "average
annual  total  return"  shown  would  produce  that  change in value  over the
specified period, if compounded annually. The rate of "aggregate total return"
is the cumulative amount of such change over the specified  period,  expressed
as a percentage of the initial investment.

Yield figures do not reflect the Surrender Charge,  and yield and total return
figures do not reflect  premium tax charges.  Such total return figures may be
used  together  with total  return  figures  that also  exclude the  Surrender
Charge. The exclusion of charges makes the performance shown more favorable. A
Fund's  adviser may waive or  reimburse  certain  fees or charges,  which will
enhance the related Division's  performance  results.  Additional  information
concerning  the  Divisions'  performance  figures  appears in the Statement of
Additional Information.


                                      14

<PAGE>

   
AGL may also advertise or report to Owners its ratings as an insurance company
by the A. M. Best Company.  Each year, A. M. Best reviews the financial status
of thousands of insurers,  culminating  in the  assignment of Best's  Ratings.
These ratings reflect their current opinion of the relative financial strength
and operating  performance of an insurance  company in comparison to the norms
of the life/health industry. Best's Ratings range from A++ to F. An A++ rating
means,  in the opinion of A. M. Best,  that the insurer has  demonstrated  the
strongest  ability to meet its respective  policyholder and other  contractual
obligations.  A. M. Best  publishes  Best's  Insurance  Reports,  Life- Health
Edition.  The 1996 Edition  reaffirmed  AGL's rating of A++ (Superior),  as of
June 1996 for financial position and operating performance.

In addition,  the  claims-paying  ability of AGL as measured by the Standard &
Poor's  Corporation  may be  referred  to in  advertisements  or in reports to
Owners.  A  Standard & Poor's  insurance  claims-paying  ability  rating is an
assessment of an operating  insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. Standard
& Poor's  ratings  range from AAA to D. The Company's  claims  paying  ability
rating is AAA (Superior), reaffirmed as of November 1996.

AGL may additionally advertise its rating from Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
A Duff & Phelps rating is an assessment of a company's insurance claims paying
ability.  Duff & Phelps ratings range from AAA to CCC. Duff & Phelps rates the
claims  paying  ability of AGL as AAA,  the highest  level,  reaffirmed  as of
August 1996.

The ratings from A. M. Best,  Standard & Poors,  and Duff & Phelps reflect the
claims paying  ability and  financial  strength of AGL and are not a rating of
investment  performance that purchasers of insurance products have experienced
or are likely to experience in the future.
    

       
                                      15

<PAGE>


       
                                      16

<PAGE>

   
AGL

AGL is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of
Texas,  which is a successor  in interest  to a company  originally  organized
under  the  laws  of the  State  of  Delaware  in  1917.  AGL is an  indirect,
wholly-owned  subsidiary of American General  Corporation  (formerly  American
General Insurance Company),  a diversified  financial services holding company
engaged  primarily  in the  insurance  business.  The  commitments  under  the
Contracts are AGL's, and American General  Corporation has no legal obligation
to back those commitments.
    

SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

   
Separate  Account  D was  originally  established  on  November  19,  1973 and
consists  of 42  Divisions,  six of which are  available  under the  Contracts
offered  by  this  Prospectus.  Separate  Account  D is  registered  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission as a unit investment  trust under the 1940
Act.

Each Division of Separate  Account D is part of AGL's general business and the
assets of Separate  Account D belong to AGL.  Under Texas law and the terms of
the Contracts,  the assets of Separate  Account D will not be chargeable  with
liabilities arising out of any other business which AGL may conduct,  but will
be  held  exclusively  to  meet  AGL's   obligations  under  variable  annuity
contracts.  Furthermore,  the  income,  gains,  and  losses,  whether  or  not
realized,  from assets allocated to Separate Account D are, in accordance with
the Contracts,  credited to or charged  against the Separate  Account  without
regard to other income, gains, or losses of AGL.

THE SERIES 

The variable  benefits  under the Contracts are funded by six Divisions of the
Separate Account.  These Divisions invest in shares of six series  (consisting
of the Fund and the five  Portfolios)  of the Trust.  Series  shares are sold,
without  sales  charges,  exclusively  to  Separate  Account D. In the future,
however,  the Trust may offer its shares to separate accounts funding variable
annuities of insurance  companies  affiliated or unaffiliated  with AGL and to
separate accounts which fund variable life insurance or other variable funding
arrangements.  We do not see any  conflict  between  Owners of  Contracts  and
owners of variable  life  insurance  policies or  variable  annuity  contracts
issued by insurance  companies  not  affiliated  with AGL.  Nevertheless,  the
Trust's Board of Trustees will monitor to identify any material irreconcilable
conflicts that may develop and determine  what, if any, action should be taken
in  response.  If it becomes  necessary  for any  separate  account to replace
shares of any Series with another investment, the Series may have to liquidate
securities on a disadvantageous basis.

The investment adviser to the Fund is Sierra Investment Advisors  Corporation.
("Sierra  Advisors").  The  investment  adviser  to the  Portfolios  is Sierra
Investment Services Corporation  ("Sierra Services").  Neither Sierra Advisors
nor Sierra Services is affiliated with AGL.
    

                                      17

<PAGE>

   
Any  dividends or capital gain  distributions  attributable  to Contracts  are
automatically  reinvested in shares of the Series from which they are received
at the  Series'  net  asset  value on the date  payable.  Such  dividends  and
distributions  will have the effect of  reducing  the net asset  value of each
share of the corresponding Series and increasing,  by an equivalent value, the
number  of  shares  outstanding  of the  Series.  However,  the  value of your
interest in the corresponding Division will not change as a result of any such
dividends and distributions.
    

   
The names of the  Series  in which  each  available  Division  invests  are as
follows:

    Capital Growth Portfolio
    Growth Portfolio
    Balanced Portfolio
    Value Portfolio
    Income Portfolio
    Global Money Fund

Before selecting any Division, you should carefully read the Trust prospectus,
which is attached at the end of this Prospectus. The Trust prospectus includes
more complete  information  about the Series in which each  Division  invests,
including  investment  objectives  and policies,  charges and  expenses.  Each
Portfolio  will invest in different  combinations  of the nine other series of
the Trust,  namely the Fund,  the Short Term High Quality Bond Fund, the Short
Term Global  Government  Fund, the U.S.  Government Fund, the Corporate Income
Fund, the Growth and Income Fund,  the Growth Fund,  the Emerging  Growth Fund
and the International Growth Fund (collectively, the "Funds"). Please refer to
the Trust  prospectus for more details.  You may obtain  additional  copies of
such a prospectus by contacting AGL's Annuity Administration Department at the
addresses  and phone  number set forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus.
When  making  your  request,  please  specify  the  Series  in  which  you are
interested.
    

Lower rated securities such as those in which the Growth, Emerging Growth, and
the Short Term  Global  Government  Funds may  invest up to 35%,  35% and 10%,
respectively, of their total assets are subject to greater market fluctuations
and risk of loss of income and principal  than  investments  in lower yielding
fixed-income  securities.   Potential  investors  in  these  Divisions  should
carefully read the prospectus and related statement of additional  information
that pertains to these Funds and consider their ability to assume the risks of
making an investment in these Divisions.

VOTING PRIVILEGES

   
The Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and the  Annuitant or other
payee during the Annuity Period will be entitled to give us instructions as to
how Series shares held in the Divisions of Separate  Account D attributable to
their  Contract  should  be voted on  matters  pertaining  to that  Series  at
meetings of shareholders of the Series.  Those persons entitled to give voting
instructions  and the number of votes for which they may give  directions will
be  determined  as of the record date for a meeting.  Separate  Account D will
vote all  shares of each  Series  that
    

                                      18

<PAGE>
   
it holds of record in accordance  with  instructions  received with respect to
all AGL annuity contracts participating in that Series.

Prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the  number of votes each Owner is
entitled to direct  with  respect to a  particular  Series is equal to (a) the
Owner's Variable Account Value  attributable to that Series divided by (b) the
net asset  value of one share of that  Series.  In  determining  the number of
votes,  fractional votes will be recognized.  While a variable Annuity Payment
Option is in effect,  the number of votes an Annuitant or payee is entitled to
direct with  respect to a  particular  Series will be computed in a comparable
manner,  based on our  liability  for future  Variable  Annuity  Payments with
respect to that  Annuitant or payee as of the record date.  Such liability for
future  payments will be calculated on the basis of the mortality  assumptions
and the assumed  interest rate used in determining the number of Annuity Units
under a Contract  and the  applicable  value of an Annuity  Unit on the record
date.

Series shares held by insurance  company separate accounts other than Separate
Account  D  will  generally  be  voted  in  accordance  with  instructions  of
participants in such other separate accounts.

We believe  that the  foregoing  voting  instruction  procedures  comply  with
current  federal  securities law  requirements  and  interpretations  thereof.
However,AGL  reserves  the  right to modify  these  procedures  in any  manner
consistent with applicable legal requirements and interpretations as in effect
from time to time.
    

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

AMOUNTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT OR SUPPORTING  FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS BECOME PART
OF OUR GENERAL  ACCOUNT.  BECAUSE OF EXEMPTIVE  AND  EXCLUSIONARY  PROVISIONS,
INTERESTS IN THE GENERAL ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, NOR IS THE GENERAL  ACCOUNT  REGISTERED AS AN INVESTMENT  COMPANY
UNDER THE 1940 ACT. WE HAVE BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF THE  SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE  DISCLOSURES IN THIS PROSPECTUS THAT
RELATE TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT OR FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS.  DISCLOSURES  REGARDING
THESE  MATTERS,  HOWEVER,  MAY  BE  SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN  GENERALLY-APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS  OF THE  FEDERAL  SECURITIES  LAWS  RELATING  TO THE  ACCURACY  AND
COMPLETENESS OF STATEMENTS IN PROSPECTUSES.

   
Our obligations with respect to the Fixed Account are legal obligations of AGL
and  are  supported  by  our  General  Account  assets,   which  also  support
obligations  incurred  by us under  other  insurance  and  annuity  contracts.
Investments  purchased  with amounts  allocated  to the Fixed  Account are the
property of AGL, and Owners have no legal rights in such investments.

Account  Value that is  allocated  by the Owner to the Fixed  Account  earns a
Guaranteed  Interest Rate  commencing with the date of such  allocation.  This
Guaranteed  Interest Rate continues for the length of the Guarantee Period. At
the end of a Guarantee  Period,  the Owner's  Account Value in that  Guarantee
Period,  including  interest  accrued  thereon,  will  be  allocated  to a new
Guarantee  Period of the same length unless AGL has received a Written request
from the Owner to  allocate  this amount to a  different  Guarantee  Period or
periods or to one or more of the Divisions of
    

                                      19

<PAGE>

   
Separate  Account D. We must  receive  this  Written  request  at least  three
business days prior to the end of the Guarantee  Period.  If the Owner has not
provided such Written  request and the renewed  Guarantee  Period would extend
beyond the scheduled Annuity  Commencement Date, we will nevertheless  contact
the Owner  regarding the scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date. (See "Annuity
Payment  Options"  and  "Surrender  Charge.")  If the Owner  does not elect to
annuitize  on that  scheduled  date,  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date will be
extended to the earlier of (1) the end of the renewed  Guarantee Period or (2)
the latest possible  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  (See "Annuity  Commencement
Date.") The first day of the new Guarantee Period (or other reallocation) will
be the day after the end of the prior  Guarantee  Period.  We will  notify the
Owner  at least  30 days  and not  more  than 60 days  prior to the end of any
Guarantee  Period.  If the Owner's Account Value in a Guarantee Period is less
than $500, we reserve the right, to without charge, automatically transfer the
balance to the Global  Money  Division  at the end of that  Guarantee  Period,
unless we have  received in good order Written  instructions  to transfer such
balance to a different Division.

We declare the Guaranteed Interest Rate from time to time as market conditions
dictate.  We advise an Owner of the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate for a Guarantee
Period at the time a purchase  payment is received,  a transfer is effectuated
or a Guarantee Period is renewed. A different rate of interest may be credited
to one  Guarantee  Period  than to another  Guarantee  Period  that began on a
different date. The minimum  Guaranteed  Interest Rate is an effective  annual
rate of 3%.

Each Guarantee  Period has its own Guaranteed  Interest Rate, which may differ
from  those for other  Guarantee  Periods.  From time to time we will,  at our
discretion,  change the Guaranteed  Interest Rate for future Guarantee Periods
of various  lengths.  These  changes will not affect the  Guaranteed  Interest
Rates  being paid on  Guarantee  Periods  that have  already  commenced.  Each
allocation  or  transfer  of an amount to a  Guarantee  Period  commences  the
running of a new Guarantee Period with respect to that amount, which will earn
a Guaranteed  Interest Rate that will continue unchanged until the end of that
period.  The  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate will  never be less than the  minimum
Guaranteed Interest Rate shown in your Contract. Currently we make available a
one-year  Guarantee  Period and no others.  However,  we reserve  the right to
change the Guarantee Periods that we are making available at any time.

AGL'S  MANAGEMENT  MAKES THE FINAL  DETERMINATION  OF THE GUARANTEED  INTEREST
RATES TO BE  DECLARED.  AGL  CANNOT  PREDICT OR ASSURE THE LEVEL OF ANY FUTURE
GUARANTEED  INTEREST RATES IN EXCESS OF THE MINIMUM  GUARANTEED  INTEREST RATE
STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT.

Information concerning the Guaranteed Interest Rates applicable to the various
Guarantee  Periods at any time may be obtained from your sales  representative
or from the  addresses  or phone  numbers  set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus.

CONTRACT ISSUANCE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS
    

   
The minimum  initial  purchase  payment is $5,000
    

                                      20

<PAGE>

   
The amount of any subsequent purchase payment must be at least $100 We reserve
the right to modify these minimums, at our discretion.
    

   
An  application  to  purchase  a  Contract  must be made by a  signed  written
application  form  provided by AGL or by such other medium or format as may be
agreed to by AGL and Sierra Investment Services Corporation, as distributor of
the Contracts.  When a purchase payment accompanies an application to purchase
a Contract, and the application is properly completed,  we will either process
the  application,  credit the purchase  payment,  and issue the  Contract,  or
reject the  application  and return the purchase  payment within two Valuation
Dates after receipt of the application at our Home Office.

If the  application  is not in a proper form or does not include all necessary
information,  we will request additional  documents or information within five
Valuation  Dates after receipt of the  application at our Home Office.  If the
application  is not made proper and complete  within this five day period,  we
will return the purchase payment immediately unless the prospective  purchaser
specifically   consents  to  retention  of  the  purchase  payment  until  the
application  is made proper and complete,  in which case the initial  purchase
payment is credited  within two Valuation Dates after receipt of the last item
required to process the application. Subsequent purchase payments are credited
as of the end of the Valuation  Period in which they and any required  Written
identifying information, are received at our Home Office. We reserve the right
to reject any application or purchase payment for any reason.

If the Owner's  Account  Value in any  Division  (except the Global Money Fund
Division) falls below $500 because of a partial  withdrawal from the Contract,
we reserve the right to transfer, without charge, the remaining balance to the
Global Money  Division.  If the Owner's  Account  Value in any Division  falls
below $500 because of a transfer to another  Division or to the Fixed Account,
we reserve  the right to  transfer  the  remaining  balance in that  Division,
without  charge and pro rata, to the  Division,  Divisions or Fixed Account to
which the transfer was made.  If the Owner's  total  Account Value falls below
$500, we may cancel the Contract.  Such a  cancellation  would be considered a
full  surrender of the  Contract.  We will  provide you with 60 days'  advance
notice of any such cancellation.
    

So long as the  Account  Value  does not fall  below  $500,  you need  make no
further purchase payments. You may, however, elect to make subsequent purchase
payments  at any time  prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date and while the
Owner and Annuitant are still living.  Checks for subsequent purchase payments
should  be made  payable  to  American  General  Life  Insurance  Company  and
forwarded directly to our Home Office. If we receive proper  instructions,  we
may also  accept  purchase  payments  by wire,  by direct  transfer  from your
checking,  savings or brokerage

                                      21

<PAGE>

account, or by exchange from another insurance company. You may obtain further
information  about how to make purchase  payments by any of these methods from
your sales representative or from us at the addresses and telephone numbers on
the  cover  page of this  Prospectus.  Purchase  payments  pursuant  to salary
reduction plans may be made only with our agreement.

   
Your  purchase  payments  begin to earn a return in the  Divisions of Separate
Account  D or the  Guarantee  Period of the  Fixed  Account  as of the date we
credit the purchase payments to your Contract.  When you apply for a Contract,
you select (in whole  percentages) the amount of each purchase payment that is
to be allocated  to each  Division and the  Guarantee  Period.  You can change
these allocation percentages at any time by Written notice to us.
    

OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE
Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, your Account Value under a Contract is
the sum of your Variable  Account Value and Fixed Account Value,  as discussed
below.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE

Your  Variable  Account  Value as of any  Valuation  Date prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date is the sum of your Variable Account Values in each Division
of Separate Account D as of that date. Your Variable Account Value in any such
Division  is the  product  of the  number of your  Accumulation  Units in that
Division  multiplied  by the  value of one such  Accumulation  Unit as of that
Valuation Date. There is no guaranteed  minimum Variable Account Value. To the
extent that your Account  Value is  allocated to Separate  Account D, you bear
the entire risk of investment losses.

Accumulation  Units in a  Division  are  credited  to you  when  you  allocate
purchase  payments or transferred  amounts to that Division.  Similarly,  such
Accumulation  Units are  cancelled  to the extent  you  transfer  or  withdraw
amounts  from a Division or to the extent  necessary  to pay  certain  charges
under the Contract.  The crediting or cancellation  of  Accumulation  Units is
based on the value of such Accumulation Units at the end of the Valuation Date
as of which the related  amounts are being credited to or charged against your
Variable Account Value, as the case may be.

The value of an  Accumulation  Unit for a Division  on any  Valuation  Date is
equal to the previous value of that Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by
that Division's net investment  factor for the Valuation Period ending on that
Valuation Date.

   
The net investment factor for a Division is determined by dividing (1) the net
asset value per share of the Series shares held by the Division, determined at
the end of the  current  Valuation  Period,  plus the per share  amount of any
dividend or capital gains  distribution made with respect to the Series shares
held by the Division during the current Valuation Period, by (2) the net asset
value per share of the Series shares held in the Division as determined at the
end of the  previous  Valuation  Period,  and  subtracting  from that result a
factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
    

                                      22

<PAGE>

   
expense risk and administrative expense charge.
    

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE

   
Your  Fixed  Account  Value as of any  Valuation  Date  prior  to the  Annuity
Commencement  Date is your Fixed Account  Value in the Guarantee  Period as of
that date.  Your Fixed Account  Value in the Guarantee  Period is equal to the
following  amounts,  in  each  case  increased  by  accrued  interest  at  the
applicable  Guaranteed Interest Rate: (1) the amount of net purchase payments,
renewals and transferred  amounts  allocated to the Guarantee  Period less (2)
the  amount of any  transfers  or  withdrawals  out of the  Guarantee  Period,
including withdrawals to pay applicable charges.

Your  Fixed  Account  Value is  guaranteed  by AGL.  Therefore,  AGL bears the
investment risk with respect to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account, except
to the  extent  that AGL may  vary the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate for  future
Guarantee Periods (subject to the 3% effective annual minimum).
    

TRANSFER, SURRENDER AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL
OF OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

TRANSFERS

   
Commencing 30 days after the Contract's date of issue and prior to the Annuity
Commencement  Date,  you may transfer your Account Value at any time among the
available Divisions of Separate Account D and the Guarantee Period, subject to
the conditions described below. Such transfers will be effective at the end of
the  Valuation  Period in which we receive your Written or telephone  transfer
request.

If a transfer  would cause your Account Value in any Division or the Guarantee
Period to fall below $500, we reserve the right to also transfer the remaining
balance in that Division or the Guarantee  Period in the same  proportions  as
the transfer request.

Prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and after the first 30 days following
the date the Contract  was issued,  you may make up to twelve  transfers  each
Contract Year without charge, but each additional  transfer will be subject to
a $25 charge.

No more than 25% of the Account Value you allocated to the Guarantee Period at
its inception may be transferred during any Contract Year. This 25% limitation
does not  apply to  transfers  within  15
    

                                      23

<PAGE>

days before or after the end of the Guarantee  Period in which the transferred
amounts were being held.

   
Subject to the above general rules  concerning  transfers  including  transfer
charges,  you may establish an automatic  transfer plan,  whereby  amounts are
automatically  transferred by us from the Global Money Division to one or more
other Divisions or the Guarantee Period on a monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual
or annual basis.  Transfers  under the such  automatic  transfer plan will not
count toward the twelve free  transfers  each  Contract Year nor incur the $25
charge on additional  transfers,  nor will such  transfers  from the Guarantee
Period  be  subject  to the  25%  limitation  or the  Contract  value  minimum
requirement  described above. You may obtain additional  information about how
to establish an automatic  transfer program from your sales  representative or
from us at the  telephone  numbers  and  addresses  on the front cover of this
Prospectus.
    

       
   
If the person or persons who are entitled to make  transfers  have  provided a
Written request for telephone transfer  authorization that is on file with us,
transfers may be made pursuant to telephone instructions, subject to the above
terms and the terms of the telephone transfer  authorization.  . We will honor
telephone  transfer  instructions  from any person who  provides  the  correct
information,  so  there  is a risk of  possible  loss  to you if  unauthorized
persons  use this  service  in your  name.  Currently  we attempt to limit the
availability  of  telephone  transfer  instructions  only to the  Owner of the
Contract  for  which  instruction  is  received.  Under a  telephone  transfer
authorization  we are  not  liable  for  any  acts  or  omissions  based  upon
instructions  that we  reasonably  believe  to be  genuine,  including  losses
arising from errors in the  communication  of transfer  instructions.  We have
established  procedures for accepting telephone transfer  instructions,  which
include  verification of the Contract number, the identity of the caller, both
the annuitant's and Owner's names, and a form of personal  identification from
the  caller.  We  will  mail  to  the  Owner  a  written  confirmation  of the
transaction. If several persons seek to effect telephone transfers at or about
the  same  time,  or if  our  recording  equipment  malfunctions,  it  may  be
impossible for you to make a telephone  transfer at the time you wish. If this
occurs,  you  should  submit a Written  transfer  request.  Also,  if,  due to
malfunction or other circumstances, the recording of your telephone request is
incomplete or not fully  comprehensible,  we will not process the transaction.
The phone number for telephone
    

                                      24

<PAGE>
exchanges is 1-800-247-6584.

   
The Contracts are not designed for professional market timing organizations or
other entities  utilizing  programmed and frequent  transfers.  We reserve the
right to restrict or terminate transfers at any time.
    

SURRENDERS  AND  PARTIAL   WITHDRAWALS  At  any  time  prior  to  the  Annuity
Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is still living,  the Owner may make
a full surrender of or partial withdrawal from his or her Contract. 

   
The amount  payable to the Owner upon full  surrender  is the Owner's  Account
Value  at the end of the  Valuation  Period  in  which we  receive  a  Written
surrender request in good order,  minus any applicable  Surrender Charge minus
the  amount of any  Contract  Fee (See  "Annual  Contract  Fee") and minus any
applicable premium tax. Our current practice is to require that you return the
Contract with any request for a full surrender.  After a full surrender, or if
the Owner's Account Value falls to zero, all rights of the Owner, Annuitant or
any other  person with  respect to the Contract  will  terminate  subject to a
right to reinstate (See "One-Time  Reinstatement  Privilege").  All collateral
assignees of record must consent to any full surrender or partial withdrawal.

Your Written request for a partial  withdrawal should specify the Divisions of
Separate Account D, or the Guarantee  Period of the Fixed Account,  from which
you wish the partial  withdrawal to be made. If you do not specify,  or if the
withdrawal cannot be made in accordance with your specification, to the extent
necessary  the  withdrawal  will be taken  pro-rata from the Divisions and the
Guarantee  Period,  based on your Account  Value in each.  Partial  withdrawal
requests must be for at least $100 or, if less, all of your Account Value.  If
your remaining Account Value in the Division or Guarantee Period would be less
than $500  (except  for the Global  Money  Division),  we reserve the right to
transfer,  without charge, the remaining balance to the Global Money Division.
Unless you request  otherwise,  upon a partial  withdrawal,  your Accumulation
Units and Fixed Account  interests  that are cancelled will have a total value
equal to the amount of the withdrawal  request,  and the amount payable to you
will be the amount of the withdrawal  request less any Surrender  Charge,  and
premium tax if applicable, payable upon the partial withdrawal.
    

We also make available a systematic  withdrawal  plan under which you may make
automatic  partial  withdrawals at periodic  intervals in a specified  amount,
subject to the terms and conditions  applicable to other partial  withdrawals.
Additional  information  about how to establish  such a systematic  withdrawal
program  may be  obtained  from your  sales  representative  or from us at the
addresses and phone numbers set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. We
reserve  the  right to modify  or  terminate  our  procedures  for  systematic
withdrawals at any time.

The Code  provides  that a penalty  tax will be imposed  on certain  premature
surrenders or withdrawals. For a discussion of this and other tax implications
of total  surrenders and systematic and other partial  withdrawals,  including
withholding requirements, see "Federal Income Tax Matters."


                                      25

<PAGE>

ANNUITY PERIOD AND ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

   
The Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made  beginning on the Annuity
Commencement  Date  under any one of the  Annuity  Payment  Options  described
below.  We will notify the Owner 60 to 90 days prior to the scheduled  Annuity
Commencement  Date that the Contract is  scheduled to mature,  and the request
the an Annuity  Payment  Option be selected.  If the Owner has not selected an
Annuity  Payment  Option ten days prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, we
will proceed as follows:  (1) if scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any
date  prior to the  Annuitant's  one  hundredth birthday,  we will  extend the
Annuity Commencement Date to the Annuitant's one hundredth birthday; or (2) if
the  schedule  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the  Annuitant's  one  hundredth
birthday, the Account Value less any applicable charges and premium taxes will
be paid in one sum to the Owner.  This procedure is different in  Pennsylvania
because the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  cannot  exceed age 90. The Owner may
select the Annuity  Commencement Date when applying to purchase a Contract and
may change a previously-selected date at any time prior to the beginning of an
Annuity  Payment  Option by submitting a written  request,  subject to Company
approval.  The Annuity  Commencement Date specified at the time of application
may be any  day of any  month  up to  Annuitant's  100th  birthday  inclusive.
(Pennsylvania   has  special   limitations   which  may  require  the  Annuity
Commencement Date to be as early as age 85 but in no event beyond age 90.) See
"Federal  Income Tax  Matters" for a  description  of the  penalties  that may
attach to  distributions  prior to the Annuitant's  attaining age 59 1/2 under
any Contract or after April 1 of the year following the calendar year in which
the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2 under Qualified Contracts.
    

APPLICATION OF OWNER ACCOUNT VALUE

We will  automatically  apply your  Variable  Account Value in any Division to
provide  Variable  Annuity  Payments  based on that  Division  and your  Fixed
Account Value to provide Fixed Annuity Payments. However, if you give us other
Written  instructions  at least thirty days prior to the Annuity  Commencement
Date, we will apply your Account Value in different proportions.

We deduct  any  applicable  state and local  premium  taxes from the amount of
Account Value being applied to an Annuity  Payment  Option.  In some cases, we
may deduct a Surrender  Charge from the amount being  applied.  See "Surrender
Charge."  Subject to any such  adjustments,  your  Variable and Fixed  Account
Value are applied to an Annuity Payment Option,  as discussed below, as of the
end of the  Valuation  Period that contains the tenth day prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date.

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

The amount of the first monthly Fixed or Variable  Annuity  Payment will be at
least as  favorable  as that  produced by the annuity  tables set forth in the
Contract, based on the amount of your Account

                                      26

<PAGE>

Value  that is  applied to provide  the Fixed or  Variable  Annuity  Payments.
Thereafter,  the amount of each  monthly  Fixed  Annuity  Payment is fixed and
specified by the terms of the Annuity Payment Option selected.

Account  Value  that is  applied  to  provide  Variable  Annuity  Payments  is
converted  to a number of Annuity  Units by  dividing  the amount of the first
Variable  Annuity  Payment  by the value of an  Annuity  Unit of the  relevant
Division as of the end of the  Valuation  Period that  includes  the tenth day
prior  to  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  This  number  of  Annuity  Units
thereafter  remains constant with respect to any Annuitant,  and the amount of
each subsequent  Variable  Annuity  Payment is determined by multiplying  this
number by the value of an Annuity Unit as of the end of the  Valuation  Period
that contains the tenth day prior to the date of each payment. If the Variable
Annuity Payments are based on more than one Division,  these  calculations are
performed  separately for each  Division.  The value of an Annuity Unit at the
end of a Valuation  Period is the value of the Annuity  Unit at the end of the
previous  Valuation  Period,  multiplied  by the net  investment  factor  (see
"Variable  Account  Value") for the Valuation  Period,  with an offset for the
3.5% assumed interest rate used in the Contract's annuity tables.

As a result of the foregoing computations,  if the net investment return for a
Division  for any month is at an annual rate of more than 3.5%,  any  Variable
Annuity  Payment  based on that  Division  will be greater  than the  Variable
Annuity  Payment  based on that  Division for the previous  month.  If the net
investment  return for a Division  for any month is at an annual  rate of less
than 3.5%,  any variable  annuity  payment based on that Division will be less
than the  Variable  Annuity  Payment  based on that  Division for the previous
month.

ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS

   
The Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made  beginning on the Annuity
Commencement  Date  under any one of the  Annuity  Payment  Options  described
below.  We will notify the Owner 60 to 90 days prior to the scheduled  Annuity
Commencement  Date that the Contract is scheduled to mature,  and request that
an  Annuity  Payment  Option be  selected.  If the Owner has not  selected  an
Annuity  Payment  Option ten days prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date, we
will proceed as follows: (1) if the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date is any
date prior to the  Annuitant's  one  hundredth  birthday,  we will  extend the
Annuity Commencement Date to the Annuitant's one hundredth birthday; or (2) if
the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the  Annuitant's  one hundredth
birthday, the Account Value less any applicable charges and premium taxes will
be paid in one sum to the Owner.  This procedure is different in  Pennsylvania
because the Annuity Commencement Date cannot exceed age 90.

The Annuity  Commencement  Data will be extended  to the  Annuitant's  Age one
hundred unless  otherwise  requested.  The Code imposes  minimum  distribution
requirements  that have a bearing on the Annuity Payment Option that should be
chosen in  connection  with  Qualified  Contracts.  See  "Federal  Income  Tax
Matters."  We are not  responsible  for  monitoring  or advising  Owners as to
whether the minimum  distribution  requirements  are being met, unless we have
received a specific Written request to do so.

No  election  of any  Annuity  Payment  Option  may be made  unless an initial
annuity payment of at
    
                                      27

<PAGE>

   
least $100 would be  provided,  where  only a Fixed or only  Variable  Annuity
Payments are elected, and $50 on each basis when a combination of Variable and
Fixed  Annuity  Payments is elected.  If these  minimums  are not met, we will
first reduce the frequency of annuity payments,  and if the minimums are still
not  met,  we  will  make  a  lump-sum  payment  to  the  Annuitant  or  other
properly-designated payee in the amount of the Owner's Account Value, less any
applicable  Surrender  Charge,  any  uncollected  Annual Contract Fee, and any
applicable premium tax.
    

Within 60 days after the death of the Owner or Annuitant, the Owner, or if the
Owner has not done so, the  Beneficiary,  may elect that any amount due to the
Beneficiary be applied under any option  described  below,  subject to certain
tax law requirements.  See "Death Proceeds." Thereafter,  the Beneficiary will
have all the remaining  rights and powers under the Contract and be subject to
all the terms and conditions  thereof.  The first annuity payment will be made
at the  beginning of the second month following  the month in which we approve
the settlement  request.  Annuity Units will be credited based on Annuity Unit
Values at the end of the Valuation Period that contains the tenth day prior to
the beginning of said second month.

When an  Annuity  Payment  Option  becomes  effective,  the  Contract  must be
delivered to our Home Office, in exchange for a payment contract providing for
the option elected.

Information about the relationship  between the Annuitant's sex and the amount
of annuity payments,  including  requirements for gender-neutral annuity rates
in certain states and in connection with certain employee benefit plans is set
forth under  "Gender of Annuitant" in the Statement of Additional Information.
See "Contents of Statement of Additional Information."

OPTION 1 - LIFE  ANNUITY - Annuity  payments  are payable  monthly  during the
lifetime  of the  Annuitant,  ceasing  with the last  payment due prior to the
death of the Annuitant.  It would be possible under this  arrangement  for the
Annuitant or other payee to receive only one annuity  payment if the Annuitant
died prior to the second annuity payment,  since no minimum number of payments
is guaranteed.

OPTION 2 - LIFE  ANNUITY  WITH 120,  180,  OR 240 MONTHLY  PAYMENTS  CERTAIN -
Annuity  payments are payable  monthly  during the  lifetime of an  Annuitant;
provided,   that  if  the  Annuitant  dies  during  the  period  certain,  the
Beneficiary is entitled to receive  monthly  payments for the remainder of the
period certain.

OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY - Annuity payments are payable
monthly  during the lifetime of the  Annuitant  and another payee and continue
during the lifetime of the  survivor,  ceasing with the last payment  prior to
the death of the survivor.  It is possible under this option for the Annuitant
or other  payee to  receive  only one  annuity  payment if both die before the
second annuity payment, since no minimum number of payments is guaranteed.  If
one of these persons dies before the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the election
of this option is revoked,  the survivor  becomes the sole  Annuitant,  and no
death proceeds are payable by virtue of the death of the other Annuitant.

OPTION 4 - PAYMENTS  FOR  DESIGNATED  PERIOD - Annuity  payments  are  payable
monthly to an Annuitant or other  properly-designated  payee, or at his or her
death,  the  Beneficiary,  for a selected number of years ranging from five to
forty.  However,  the designated  period may not exceed the life expectancy of
such Annuitant or other properly-designated payee.

OPTION 5 - PAYMENTS  OF A SPECIFIC  DOLLAR  AMOUNT - The amount due is paid in
equal monthly

                                      28

<PAGE>

installments  of a designated  dollar amount (not less than $125 nor more than
$200 per annum per $1,000 of the  original  amount  due)  until the  remaining
balance is less than the amount of one  installment.  If the person  receiving
these  payments  dies,  the  remaining  payments  continue  to be  made to the
Beneficiary.  Payments  under this option are available on a fixed basis only.
To determine  the remaining  balance at the end of any month,  such balance at
the end of the previous  month is  decreased by the amount of any  installment
paid during the month and the result will be  accumulated  at an interest rate
not less than 3.5% compounded  annually.  If the remaining balance at any time
is less than the amount of one installment, such balance will be paid and will
be the final payment under the option.

Under the fourth  option  there is no  mortality  guarantee by us, even though
Variable  Annuity Payments will be reduced as a result of a charge to Separate
Account D which is  partially  for  mortality  risks.  See "Charge to Separate
Account D."

A payee receiving  Variable (but not Fixed) Annuity  Payments under the fourth
option can elect at any time to commute  (terminate)  such  option and receive
the  current  value of the  annuity,  which  would be based on the values next
determined  after the  Written  request  for  payment is  received  by us. The
current  value of the  annuity  under  the  fourth  option is the value of all
remaining annuity payments,  assumed to be level,  discounted to present value
at an annual rate of 3.5%.  Other than by election of such a lump-sum  payment
under the fourth option,  an Annuity Payment Option may not be terminated once
annuity payments have commenced.

Under federal tax regulations, the election of the fourth or fifth options may
be treated in the same manner as a  surrender  of the total  account.  For tax
consequences  of such  treatment,  see "Federal  Income Tax Matters." Also, in
such  a  case,  tax-deferred  treatment  of  subsequent  earnings  may  not be
available.

ALTERNATIVE  AMOUNT UNDER FIXED LIFE ANNUITY OPTIONS - Each Contract  provides
that when Fixed  Annuity  Payments are to be made under one of the first three
Annuity Payment Options  described  above,  the Owner (or if the Owner has not
elected a payment option,  the  Beneficiary) may elect monthly payments to the
Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  payee equal to the  monthly  payment
available under similar  circumstances based on single payment immediate fixed
annuity  rates then in use by us. The purpose of this  provision  is to assure
the Annuitant  that, at  retirement,  if the fixed annuity  purchase rate then
offered by us for new  single  payment  immediate  annuity  contracts  is more
favorable than the annuity rates guaranteed by the Contract,  the Annuitant or
other properly-  designated payee will be given the benefit of the new annuity
rates.

In  lieu  of  monthly  payments,  payments  may  be  elected  on a  quarterly,
semi-annual or annual basis,  in which case the amount of each annuity payment
will be determined on a basis consistent with that described above for monthly
payments.

TRANSFERS

   
After   the   Annuity    Commencement    Date,    the   Annuitant   or   other
properly-designated  payee  may make one  transfer  every  180 days  among the
available  Divisions  of Separate  Account D or from the  Divisions to a fixed
Annuity  Payment  Option.  No charge will be assessed  for such  transfer.  No
transfers from a fixed to a variable Annuity Payment Option are permitted.
    

                                      29

<PAGE>

   
If a transfer would cause the value that is  attributable to a Contract in any
Division to fall below $500,  we reserve the right to transfer  the  remaining
balance in that  Division  in the same  proportion  as the  transfer  request.
Transfers  will be  effected  at the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we
receive the Written transfer request at our Home Office.  We reserve the right
to terminate or restrict transfers at any time. DEATH PROCEEDS
    

DEATH PROCEEDS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

       

   
    The death proceeds  described below are payable to the  Beneficiary  under
the Contract if, prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date, any of the following
events  occurs:  (a) the Annuitant  dies and no Contingent  Annuitant has been
named  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract;  (b) the  Annuitant  dies and we also
receive proof of death of any named  Contingent  Annuitant;  or (c ) the Owner
(including  the first to die in the case of joint  Owners) of a  Non-Qualified
Contract  dies,  regardless  of  whether  said  deceased  Owner  was  also the
Annuitant  (however,  if the Beneficiary is the Owner's surviving spouse,  the
Beneficiary  may elect to continue  the  Contract as  described  in the second
paragraph  below).  The death  proceeds,  prior to deduction of any applicable
premium  taxes,  will equal the  greatest  of (1) the sum of all net  purchase
payments  made  (less  any  previously-deducted  premium  taxes  and all prior
partial  withdrawals),  (2) the  Owner's  Account  Value  as of the end of the
Valuation Period in which we receive,  at our Home Office,  proof of death and
the  Written  request  as to  the  manner  of  payment,  or  (3)  the  Highest
Anniversary Value prior to the date of death, as defined below.

The Highest Anniversary Value prior to the date of death will be determined as
follows:

          First,  we will  calculate the Account  Values at the end of each of
          the past Contract
    
                                      30

<PAGE>

   
          Anniversaries that occurred prior to the decreased's 81st birthday;

          Second,  each of the Account  Values will be increased by the amount
          of net purchase  payments made since the end of such Contract Years;
          and

          Third,  the result will be reduced by the amount of any  withdrawals
          made since the end of such Contract years.

The Highest  Anniversary  Value will be an amount equal to the highest of such
values.  The Highest  Anniversary  Value will not be calculated after the 81st
birthday.  Net purchase payments are purchase payments less applicable minimum
tax.
    

If the Owner has not already done so, the  Beneficiary  may, within sixty days
after  the date the  proceeds  become  payable,  elect to  receive  the  death
proceeds  as a lump sum or in the form of one of the Annuity  Payment  Options
provided in the  Contract.  See  "Annuity  Payment  Options." If we receive no
request as to the manner of payment, we will make a lump-sum payment, based on
values determined at that time.

If the Owner,  including the first to die in the case of joint owners, under a
Non-Qualified  Contract dies prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date, the Code
requires that all amounts payable under the Contract be distributed (a) within
five years of the date of death or (b) as annuity  payments  beginning  within
one year of the date of  death  and  continuing  over a period  not  extending
beyond the life  expectancy  of the  Beneficiary.  If the  Beneficiary  is the
Owner's surviving spouse, the spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the
new Owner and, if the original Owner was the Annuitant,  as the new Annuitant.
If the Owner is not a natural person,  these requirements apply upon the death
of the primary  Annuitant  within the meaning of the Code.  Failure to satisfy
these  Code  distribution  requirements  may  result in  serious  adverse  tax
consequences. Under a parallel section of the Code, similar requirements apply
to retirement plans in connection with which Qualified Contracts are issued.

DEATH PROCEEDS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

If the  Annuitant  dies  following  the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the only
amounts payable to the Beneficiary or other  properly-designated payee are any
continuing  payments  provided for under the Annuity Payment Option  selected.
See "Annuity  Payment  Options."  In such a case,  the payee will have all the
remaining  rights and powers  under a Contract and be subject to all the terms
and  conditions  thereof.  Also, if the Annuitant  dies  following the Annuity
Commencement Date, no Contingent Annuitant can become the Annuitant.

If  the  payee  under  a   Non-Qualified   Contract  dies  after  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  any  remaining  amounts  payable  under  the terms of the
Annuity  Payment  Option must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
method of distribution  then in effect.  If the payee is not a natural person,
this  requirement  applies upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within the
meaning of the Code.  Failure to satisfy  these  requirements  of the Code may
result in serious adverse tax  consequences.  Under a parallel  section of the
Code,  similar  requirements  apply to the retirement

                                      31

<PAGE>
plans in connection with which Qualified Contracts are issued.

PROOF OF DEATH

We accept the following as proof of any person's  death: a copy of a certified
death  certificate;  a copy of a  certified  decree  of a court  of  competent
jurisdiction  as to the  finding of death;  a written  statement  by a medical
doctor who  attended  the  deceased  at the time of death;  or any other proof
satisfactory to us.

Once we have paid the death proceeds,  the Contract  terminates and we have no
further obligations thereunder.

CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACTS

PREMIUM TAXES

       

       

   
When  applicable,  we will deduct an amount to cover  premium taxes imposed by
certain  states.  We may  deduct  such  amount  either  at the time the tax is
imposed or later.  Such deduction may be made, in accordance  with  applicable
state law:

(1) from purchase payment(s) when received: or

(2) from the Owner's Account Value at the time annuity payments begin; or

(3) from the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

(4) from  proceeds  payable  upon  termination  of the  Contract for any other
    reason,  including  death of the  Annuitant or Owner,  or surrender of the
    Contract.

If premium tax is paid,  AGL may reimburse  itself for such tax when deduction
is being made under items 2, 3, or 4 above  calculated by multiplying  the sum
of Purchase Payments being withdrawn by the applicable premium tax percentage.

Applicable  premium tax rates  depend upon the Owner's  then-current  place of
residence. Applicable rates currently range from 0% to 3.5% and are subject to
change by  legislation,  administrative  interpretations  or judicial acts. We
will not make a profit on this charge.
    

SURRENDER CHARGE

The  Surrender  Charge  reimburses  us for  part of our  expenses  related  to
distributing  the  Contracts.  We  believe,  however,  that the amount of such
expenses will exceed the amount of revenues generated by the Surrender Charge.
We will pay such  excess  out of our  general  surplus,  which  might  include
profits from the charge for the assumption of mortality and expense risks.

   
Unless a withdrawal is exempt from the Surrender Charge (as discussed  below),
the Surrender  Charge is a percentage  of the amount of each purchase  payment
that is withdrawn during the seven years after it was received. The percentage
declines  depending on how many years have passed since the withdrawn purchase
payment was originally credited to your Account Value, as follows:
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Surrender Charge as a
Years Elapsed                                     Percentage of Purchase
Since Received                                    Payment Withdrawn
<S>                                                     <C>
   
Less than 1                                             7%
1 or more, but less than 2                              6%
2 or more, but less than 4                              5%
4 or more, but less than 5                              4%
5 or more, but less than 6                              3%
6 or more, but less than 7                              2%
7 or more                                               0%
    
</TABLE>

Only for the purpose of computing the Surrender Charge,  the earliest purchase
payments are deemed to be withdrawn first, and before any amounts in excess of
purchase  payments  are  withdrawn  from your  Account  Value.  The  following
transactions will be considered as withdrawals,  for purposes of assessing the
Surrender  Charge:  total surrender,  partial  withdrawal,  commencement of an
Annuity Payment Option, and termination due to insufficient Account Value.

   
Nevertheless, the Surrender Charge will NOT apply:
    

       

                                      33

<PAGE>
   
     To amount of  withdrawals  that  exceeds  the  cumulative  amount of your
     purchase payments;

     Upon  the  death  of  the  Annuitant,  at  any  age,  after  the  Annuity
     Commencement Date;

     Upon  the  death of the  Annuitant,  at any  age,  prior  to the  Annuity
     Commencement Date, provided no Contingent Annuitant survives;

     Upon the death of the  Owner,  including  the first to die in the case of
     joint Owners of a Non-Qualified  Contract,  unless  the Contract is being
     continued under the special rule for a surviving spouse as defined in the
     Code.

     Upon   annuitization   over  at  least  10  years,   or  life  contingent
     annuitization where the life expectancy is at least 10 years;

     Within the 30 day window under the One-Time Reinstatement Privilege;

     If the  Annuitant  has been  confined to a long-term  care facility or is
     subject to a  terminal  illness  (to the extent  that the rider for these
     matters is available in your state),  as set forth under  "Long-Term Care
     and Terminal Illness".
    
       
The Surrender Charge does NOT apply to the portion of your first withdrawal or
total surrender in any Contract Year that does not exceed 10% of the amount of
your purchase  payments that (a) have not  previously  been  withdrawn and (b)
have been  credited to the Contract for at least one year,  provided that this
one year  requirement  does not  apply if the  withdrawal  is  pursuant  to an
automatic withdrawal arrangement  established with us. Unused portions of this
10% free  withdrawal  amount  are  carried  forward  during  the year  ONLY in
connection with automatic  withdrawal  arrangements  established  with us. Any
unused portion of the 10% free  withdrawal  amount never carries  forward from
one year to another.  If an automatic  withdrawal  arrangement  is established
with  us  after a non-automatic  withdrawal  of less  than  the full  10% free
withdrawal  amount has been made in the same Contract Year, the balance of 10%
will be  available  for  automatic  withdrawals  during the  remainder of that
Contract Year. However,  once an automatic withdrawal has been made during any
Contract  Year  in  reliance  on  the  10%  free  withdrawal   privilege,   no
non-automatic withdrawal may rely on that privilege during the balance of that
Contract Year.

The  Surrender  Charge  will not apply to any amounts  withdrawn  which are in
excess of the amount permitted by the 10% free withdrawal privilege, described
above,  if such  amounts  are  required  to be  withdrawn  to obtain or retain
favorable tax treatment. This exception is subject to our approval.

A free withdrawal pursuant to any of the foregoing Surrender Charge exceptions
is not deemed to be a withdrawal of purchase payments,  except for purposes of
computing the 10% free withdrawal

                                      34

<PAGE>

described  in  the  preceding   paragraph.   See  "Penalty  Tax  on  Premature
Distributions."

TRANSFER CHARGES

The charges to defray the expense of effecting  transfers are described  under
"Transfer,   Surrender  and  Partial  Withdrawal  of  Owner  Account  Value  -
Transfers" and "Annuity Period and Annuity Payment Options - Transfers." These
charges are designed not to yield a profit to us.

   
ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE

     An Annual  Contract Fee of $35 will be deducted from each Owner's Account
Value at the end of each Contract Year prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
This Fee is for  administrative  expenses  (which do not  include  expenses of
distributing  the  Contracts),  and we do not expect that the revenues we will
derive from this Fee will exceed such expenses.  Unless paid directly, the Fee
will be allocated  among the  Guarantee  Period and Divisions in proportion to
your Account Value in each.  The entire Fee for the year will be deducted from
the proceeds of any full surrender. We reserve the right to waive the Fee.
    

CHARGE TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

   
To cover  administrative  expenses and to compensate us for assuming mortality
and expense risks under the Contracts,  Separate  Account D will incur a daily
charge at an annualized  rate of 1.40% of the average daily net asset value of
Separate Account D attributable to the Contracts.  Of this amount, .15% is for
administrative  expenses  and 1.25% is for the  assumption  of  mortality  and
expense risks. We do not expect to earn a profit on that portion of the charge
which is for administrative expenses, but we do expect to derive a profit from
the portion which is for the assumption of mortality and expense risks.  There
is no  necessary  relationship  between the amount of  administrative  charges
imposed on a given Contract and the amount of expenses  actually  attributable
to that Contract.
    

In assuming the mortality  risk, we are subject to the risk that our actuarial
estimate of mortality  rates may prove erroneous and that Annuitants will live
longer than expected, or that more Owners or Annuitants than expected will die
at a time  when the death  benefit  guaranteed  by us is  higher  than the net
surrender value of their interests in the Contracts.

MISCELLANEOUS

Charges and  expenses  are paid out of the assets of each Fund as described in
the prospectus of the Trust that is attached at the end of this Prospectus. We
reserve the right to impose  charges or establish  reserves for any federal or
local  taxes  incurred  or that may be  incurred by us, and that may be deemed
attributable to the Contracts.

                                      35

<PAGE>

       

   
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN

     Automatic partial withdrawals, with minimum payments of $100, may be made
at periodic intervals through a systematic withdrawal program and the Contract
Owner may choose from payment schedules of monthly, quarterly,  semi-annually,
or annually,  and may start, stop, increase or decrease payments.  The minimum
payment  is $100.  Withdrawals  may start as early as 30 days  after the issue
date of the Contract and may be taken from the Fixed  Account or any Division,
as specified by the owner. Systematic withdrawals are subject to the terms and
conditions  applicable  to  other  partial  withdrawals,  including  Surrender
Charges and exceptions to Surrender Charges.

ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

     If the Account  Value is at least  $500,  the Owner may elect to reinvest
all of the proceeds that were  previously  liquidated from the Contract within
the past 30 days and have the Surrender Charge and any Annual Contract Fee not
then due credited  back to the  Contract.  The funds will be reinvested at the
value next  following  the date of receipt of the  reinstated  Account  Value.
Unless you request  otherwise,  the reinstated Account Value will be allocated
among the  Divisions and the  Guarantee  Period (or Guarantee  Periods) in the
same proportions as the prior surrender. You may use this privilege only once.
    

REDUCTION IN SURRENDER CHARGES OR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES

We may reduce the surrender  charges or  administrative  charges imposed under
certain Qualified Contracts in connection with  employer-sponsored  plans. Any
such  reductions  will reflect  differences  in costs or services (due to such
factors as reduced sales expenses or administrative  efficiencies  relating to
serving a large number of employees of a single employer and functions assumed
by the  employer  that we  otherwise  would have to  perform)  and will not be
unfairly discriminatory as to any person.

LONG-TERM CARE AND TERMINAL ILLNESS

                                      36

<PAGE>

THE RIDER  DESCRIBED  BELOW IS NOT  AVAILABLE  IN ALL  STATES,  AND YOU SHOULD
THEREFORE  CONSULT YOUR SALES  REPRESENTATIVE OR OUR HOME OFFICE AS TO WHETHER
IT WILL APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO SEPARATE CHARGE FOR THIS RIDER.

LONG-TERM CARE

   
Pursuant to a special  Contract  rider,  no  Surrender  Charge will apply to a
partial  withdrawal or total surrender made during any period of time that the
Annuitant is confined for 30 days or more (or within 30 days after  discharge)
in a hospital or state-licensed  in-patient nursing facility.  We must receive
Written proof of such confinement that is satisfactory to us.
    

TERMINAL ILLNESS

   
The rider  also  provides  that no  Surrender  Charge  will apply to a partial
withdrawal or total  surrender made if we have received a physician's  Written
certification  that the Annuitant is  terminally  ill and not expected to live
more than  twelve  months and have waived or  exercised  our right to a second
physician's opinion.
    

OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

   
Only an  officer  of AGL can agree to change  or waive the  provisions  of any
Contract. The Contracts are non-participating and are not entitled to share in
any dividends, profits or surplus of AGL.
    

OWNERS, ANNUITANTS, AND BENEFICIARIES; ASSIGNMENTS

The  Owner  of a  Contract  will be the  same  as the  Annuitant,  unless  the
purchaser  designates a different  Owner when applying to purchase a Contract.
In the case of joint  ownership,  both Owners must join in the exercise of any
rights or  privileges  under the Contract.  The  Annuitant and any  Contingent
Annuitant are designated by the purchaser when applying for a Contract and may
not thereafter be changed.

The  Beneficiary   and,  under  a  Non-Qualified   Contract,   any  Contingent
Beneficiary  are designated by the purchaser  when applying for a Contract.  A
Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary may be changed by the Owner prior to the
Annuity  Commencement  Date,  while the  Annuitant is still alive,  and by the
payee  following  the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  Any  designation  of a new
Beneficiary  or  Contingent  Beneficiary  is  effective  as of the  date it is
signed,  but will not affect  any  payments  we make or action we take  before
receiving  the  Written  request.  We also  need the  Written  consent  of any
irrevocably-named  Beneficiary  or  Contingent  Beneficiary  before  making  a
change. Under certain retirement programs,  spousal consent may be required to
name a  Beneficiary  other than the spouse,  or to change a  Beneficiary  to a
person other than the spouse.  We are not  responsible for the validity of any
designation of a Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary.

                                      37

<PAGE>

If no named  Beneficiary  or Contingent  Beneficiary is living at the time any
payment is to be made, the Owner will be the  Beneficiary,  or if the Owner is
not then living, the Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.

Rights  under a  Qualified  Contract  may be assigned  only in certain  narrow
circumstances  referred to therein.  Owners and other  payees may assign their
rights under  Non-Qualified  Contracts,  including their ownership  rights. We
take no  responsibility  for the  validity  of any  assignment.  A  change  in
ownership  rights  must be made in Writing and a copy must be sent to our Home
Office. The change will be effective on the date it was made,  although we are
not bound by a change until the date we record it. The rights under a Contract
are subject to any  assignment of record at our Home Office.  An assignment or
pledge of a Contract may have adverse tax  consequences.  See "Federal  Income
Tax Matters."

REPORTS

We will mail to Owners (or persons  receiving  payments  following the Annuity
Commencement  Date),  at their last known  address of record,  any reports and
communications required by applicable law or regulation.  You should therefore
give us prompt written notice of any address change.

RIGHTS RESERVED BY US

   
Upon  notice to the Owner,  a Contract  may be  modified  by us, to the extent
necessary  in order to (1) operate  Separate  Account D in any form  permitted
under the 1940 Act or in any other form  permitted  by law;  (2)  transfer any
assets  in any  Division  to  another  Division,  or to one or  more  separate
accounts,  or the Fixed  Account;  (3) add,  combine  or remove  Divisions  in
Separate  Account D or combine the  Separate  Account  with  another  separate
account;  (4) add,  restrict or remove Guarantee Periods of the Fixed Account;
(5) make any new Division  available to you on a basis to be determined by us;
(6)  substitute,  for the shares held in any  Division,  the shares of another
Fund or  Portfolio  or the shares of another  investment  company or any other
investment  permitted by law; (7) make any changes  required by the Code or by
any other applicable law,  regulation or  interpretation  in order to continue
treatment of the Contract as an annuity;  (8) commence deducting premium taxes
or adjust the amount of premium taxes deducted in accordance  with  applicable
state law;  or (9) make any  changes  required to comply with the rules of any
Fund or  Portfolio.  When  required by law,  we will  obtain your  approval of
changes and the approval of any appropriate regulatory authority.
    

PAYMENT AND DEFERMENT

   
Amounts  surrendered or withdrawn from a Contract will normally be paid within
seven calendar days after the end of the Valuation  Period in which we receive
the Written  surrender  or  withdrawal  request in good order.  In the case of
payment of death  proceeds,  if we do not receive a Written  request as to the
manner of payment  within 60 days  after the death of the Owner or  Annuitant,
any death benefit  proceeds will be paid as a lump sum,  normally within seven
calendar days after the end of the Valuation Period that contains the last day
of said 60 day period.  We
    
                                      38

<PAGE>

reserve the right,  however,  to defer  payment or transfers of amounts out of
the Fixed  Account for up to six months.  Also,  we reserve the right to defer
payment  of that  portion of your  Account  Value  that is  attributable  to a
purchase payment made by check for a reasonable  period of time (not to exceed
15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

Finally,  we reserve the right to defer  payment of any  surrender and annuity
payment  amounts  or death  benefit  amounts of any  portion  of the  Variable
Account  Value  if (a) the New  York  Stock  Exchange  is  closed  other  than
customary  weekend  and  holiday  closings,  or  trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted; (b) an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal
of  securities  is  not  reasonably   practicable  or  it  is  not  reasonably
practicable  to  fairly  determine  the  Variable  Account  Value;  or (c) the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  order  permits  the  delay  for the
protection  of Owners.  Transfers and  allocations  of Account Value among the
Divisions   and  the  Fixed   Account  may  also  be  postponed   under  these
circumstances.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

GENERAL

It is not  possible to comment on all of the federal  income tax  consequences
associated  with the  Contracts.  Federal  income tax law is  complex  and its
application  to a particular  person may vary  according to facts  peculiar to
such person. Consequently,  this discussion is not intended as tax advice, and
you should consult with a competent tax adviser before purchasing a Contract.

The discussion is based on the law,  regulations and interpretations  existing
on the date of this Prospectus.  These  authorities,  however,  are subject to
change by Congress, the Treasury Department and judicial decisions.

The  discussion  does not  address  state or local tax or estate  and gift tax
consequences associated with the Contracts.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

PURCHASE PAYMENTS.  Purchasers of a Contract that does not qualify for special
tax treatment and is therefore "Non-Qualified" may not deduct from their gross
income the amount of purchase payments made.

   
TAX  DEFERRAL  PRIOR TO ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT  DATE.  Owners  who are  natural
persons are not taxed  currently on increases in their Account Value resulting
from  interest  earned in the Fixed  Account  or, if  certain  diversification
requirements  are met, the investment  experience of Separate  Account D. This
treatment applies to Separate Account D only if the Fund and the Portfolios in
which it invests are  "adequately  diversified"  in  accordance  with Treasury
Department regulations. Although we do not control the Fund or the Portfolios,
the  investment  advisers to the Fund and the  Portfolios  have  undertaken to
operate the Fund and the Portfolios in compliance with
    
                                      39

<PAGE>

   
these  diversification  requirements.  A  Contract  investing  in  a  Fund  or
Portfolio that failed to meet the  diversification  requirements would, unless
and until the failure can be corrected in a procedure afforded by the Internal
Revenue Service, subject Owners to taxation of income in the Contract for that
or any  subsequent  period.  Income means the excess of the Account Value over
the Owner's investment in the Contract (discussed below).
    

Current  regulations do not provide guidance as to any  circumstances in which
control over allocation of values among different investment  alternatives may
cause Owners or persons receiving annuity payments to be treated as the owners
of Separate  Account D assets for tax purposes.  We reserve the right to amend
the  Contracts in any way  necessary  to avoid any such  result.  The Treasury
Department  has stated that it may establish  standards in this regard through
regulations or rulings. Such standards may apply only prospectively,  although
retroactive  application  is possible if such  standards are considered not to
embody a new position.

Owners that are not natural persons -- that is, Owners such as corporations --
are taxable  currently on annual  increases in their  Account  Value unless an
exception applies.  Exceptions exist for, among other things,  Owners that are
not  natural  persons  but that  hold the  Contract  as an agent for a natural
person.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS.  Each annuity payment received after the Annuity
Commencement  Date is  excludible  from gross  income in part.  In the case of
Fixed Annuity  Payments,  the excludible  portion is determined by multiplying
the amount  paid by the ratio of the  investment  in the  Contract  (discussed
below) to the expected return under the fixed Annuity  Payment Option.  In the
case of Variable Annuity Payments,  the amount paid is multiplied by the ratio
of the investment in the Contract to the number of expected payments.  In both
cases, the remaining  portion of each annuity  payment,  and all payments made
after the investment in the Contract has been reduced to zero, are included in
the payee's income.  Should annuity  payments cease on account of the death of
the Annuitant  before the investment in the Contract has been fully recovered,
the payee is allowed a deduction for the unrecovered  amount.  If the payee is
the Annuitant, the deduction is taken on the final tax return. If the payee is
a  Beneficiary,  that  Beneficiary  may  recover  the  balance  of  the  total
investment as payments are made or on the  Beneficiary's  final tax return. An
Owner's  "investment  in the  Contract" is the amount equal to the portions of
purchase  payments  made by or on  behalf  of the  Owner  that  have  not been
excluded  or  deducted  from  the  individual's  gross  income,  less  amounts
previously received under the Contract that were not included in income.

   
TAXATION OF PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TOTAL SURRENDERS. Partial withdrawals from
a Contract  are  includible  in income to the extent that the Owner's  Account
Value  exceeds  the  investment  in the  Contract.  In the event a Contract is
surrendered in its entirety,  any amount  received in excess of the investment
in the Contract is includible in income,  and any remaining amount received is
excludible from income.  All annuity  contracts issued by us to the same Owner
during any calendar year are to be aggregated for purposes of determining  the
amount of any distribution that is includible in gross income.
    

PENALTY  TAX  ON  PREMATURE  DISTRIBUTIONS.   A  penalty  tax  is  imposed  on
distributions  under a  Contract  equal  to 10% of the  amount  includable  in
income.  The penalty tax will not apply,  however,

                                      40

<PAGE>

to (1)  distributions  made  after  the  recipient  attains  age 59  1/2,  (2)
distributions   on  account  of  the  recipient's   becoming   disabled,   (3)
distributions  that are made after the death of the Owner prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date or the payee after the Annuity Commencement Date (or if such
person is not a natural  person,  that are made after the death of the primary
Annuitant,  as defined in the Code), and (4) distributions  that are part of a
series of  substantially  equal periodic  payments made over the life (or life
expectancy) of the Annuitant or the joint life (or joint life expectancies) of
the Annuitant and the Beneficiary.  Premature  distributions  may result,  for
example, from an early Annuity Commencement Date, an early surrender,  partial
withdrawal  from  or  assignment  of a  Contract,  or the  early  death  of an
Annuitant, unless clause (3) above applies.

PAYMENT OF DEATH  PROCEEDS.  Special  rules apply to the  distribution  of any
death proceeds payable under the Contract. See "Death Proceeds."

ASSIGNMENTS  AND LOANS.  An  assignment,  loan,  or pledge  with  respect to a
Non-Qualified Contract is taxed in the same manner as a partial withdrawal, as
described above.  Repayment of a loan or release of an assignment or pledge is
treated as a new purchase payment.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS")

   
PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.   Individuals  who  are  not  active   participants  in  a
tax-qualified  retirement  plan may, in any year,  deduct  from their  taxable
income  purchase  payments for an IRA equal to the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of
the individual's  earned income. In the case of married  individuals  filing a
joint return, the deduction will, in general,  be the lesser of $4,000 or 100%
of the combined  earned income of both  spouses,  reduced by any deduction for
any IRA purchase payment allowed to the spouse. Single persons who participate
in a  tax-qualified  retirement plan and who have adjusted gross income not in
excess of $25,000 may fully deduct their IRA purchase payments. Those who have
adjusted gross income in excess of $35,000 will not be able to deduct purchase
payments, and for those with adjusted gross income between $25,000 and $35,000
the  deduction  is phased out based on the amount of  income.  Similarly,  the
otherwise deductible portion of an IRA purchase payment will be phased out, in
the case of married individuals filing joint tax returns,  with adjusted gross
income  between  $40,000 and $50,000,  and in the case of married  individuals
filing  separately,  with  adjusted  gross  income  between  $0  and  $10,000.
Individuals  who are  precluded  from  deducting  all or a  portion  of  their
purchase payments because of participation in a tax-qualified  retirement plan
may still make  non-deductible  contributions  on which  earnings  will be tax
deferred.  The total of deductible and  non-deductible  contributions  may not
exceed  the  lesser of $2,000  or 100% of  earned  income,  or, in the case of
married individuals filing a joint return, the lesser of $4,000 or 100% of the
combined earned income of both spouses.
    

DISTRIBUTIONS  FROM AN IRA. Amounts received under an IRA as annuity payments,
upon partial withdrawal or total surrender,  or on the death of the Annuitant,
are included in the Annuitant's or other recipient's  income. If nondeductible
purchase payments have been made, a pro rata portion of such distributions may
not be  included  in  income.  A 10%  penalty  tax is  imposed  on the  amount
includible in gross income from  distributions that occur before the Annuitant
attains  age 59 1/2 and

                                      41

<PAGE>

that are not made on account of death or disability,  with certain exceptions.
These  exceptions  include   distributions  that  are  part  of  a  series  of
substantially  equal periodic payments made over the life (or life expectancy)
of the  Annuitant  or the  joint  lives (or joint  life  expectancies)  of the
Annuitant and the Beneficiary.  Distributions of minimum amounts  specified by
the Code must commence by April 1 of the calendar year  following the calendar
year in which the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2. Additional  distribution rules
apply  after the death of the  Annuitant.  These  rules are  similar  to those
governing  distributions  on the death of an Owner (or other payee  during the
Annuity Period) under a Non-Qualified Contract.  See "Death Proceeds." Failure
to comply with the minimum distribution rules will result in the imposition of
a penalty tax of 50% of the amount by which the minimum distribution  required
exceeds the actual distribution.

TAX FREE ROLLOVERS.  Amounts may be transferred in a tax-free  rollover from a
tax-qualified  plan to an IRA (and  from one IRA to  another  IRA) if  certain
conditions   are  met.   All   taxable   distributions   ("eligible   rollover
distributions")  from tax qualified  plans are eligible to be rolled over with
the  exception  of (1)  annuities  paid  over a life or life  expectancy,  (2)
installments  for a period  of ten  years or more,  and (3)  required  minimum
distributions under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

Rollovers  may be  accomplished  in two  ways.  First,  an  eligible  rollover
distribution may be paid directly to an IRA (a "direct rollover"). Second, the
distribution may be paid directly to the Annuitant and then, within 60 days of
receipt, the amount may be rolled over to an IRA. However, any amount that was
not  distributed  as a direct  rollover  will be  subject  to 20%  income  tax
withholding.

       
SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS

Employees  and  employers  may  establish  an IRA plan  known as a  simplified
employee pension plan ("SEP") if certain requirements are met. An employee may
make  contributions  to a SEP in accordance with the rules  applicable to IRAs
discussed above. Employer contributions to an employee's SEP are deductible by
the employer and are not  currently  includible  in the taxable  income of the
employee.  However,  total  employer  contributions  are  limited to 15% of an
employee's compensation or $30,000, whichever is less.

   
SIMPLE RETIREMENT ACCOUNTs

     Employees  and  employers  may  establish  an IRA plan  known as a simple
retirement account ("SRA"), if certain requirements are met. Under an SRA, the
employer contributes elective employee compensation  deferrals up to a maximum
of $6,000 a year. The employer must, in general,  make a fully vested matching
contribution for employee deferrals up to 3% of compensation.
    

OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS

                                      42

<PAGE>

PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Purchase  payments  made by an employer  under a pension,
profit-sharing,  or annuity plan qualified  under section 401 or 403(a) of the
Code, not in excess of certain  limits,  are deductible by the employer.  Such
purchase payments are also excluded from the current income of the employee.

DISTRIBUTIONS  PRIOR TO THE  ANNUITY  COMMENCEMENT  DATE.  To the extent  that
purchase payments are includible in an employee's  taxable income,  they (less
any amounts  previously  received that were not  includible in the  employee's
taxable  income)  represent his or her  "investment in the Contract."  Amounts
received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date under a Contract in connection
with a section 401 or 403(a) plan are generally  allocated on a pro-rata basis
between the  employee's  investment  in the Contract and other  amounts.  With
respect to the taxable portion of a lump-sum  distribution  (as defined in the
Code), an averaging rule may be applicable  that allows  computation of tax as
if  the  amount  were  received  over a  period  of  five  years.  A  lump-sum
distribution  will not be includible in income in the year of  distribution if
the employee transfers,  within 60 days of receipt, all amounts received, less
the employee's investment in the Contract, to another tax-qualified plan or to
an individual  retirement  account or an IRA in  accordance  with the rollover
rules under the Code. However,  any amount that is not distributed as a direct
rollover  will be  subject  to 20%  income  tax  withholding.  See  "Tax  Free
Rollovers."  Special tax  treatment  may be  available  in the case of certain
lump-sum distributions that are not rolled over to another plan or IRA.

A 10% penalty  tax is imposed on the amount  includible  in gross  income from
distributions  that occur before the employee's  attaining age 59 1/2 and that
are not made on account of death or disability, with certain exceptions. These
exceptions   include   distributions   that  are  (1)  part  of  a  series  of
substantially  equal periodic payments  beginning after the employee separates
from  service and made over the life (or life  expectancy)  of the employee or
the  joint  lives  (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the  employee  and  the
Beneficiary,  (2) made after the employee's separation from service on account
of early  retirement  after age 55, or (3) made to an alternate payee pursuant
to a qualified domestic relations order.

   
ANNUITY  PAYMENTS.  A portion of annuity payments  received under Contracts in
connection  with section 401 and 403(a)  plans after the Annuity  Commencement
Date may be excludible  from the employee's  income,  in the manner  discussed
above,  in connection  with Variable  Annuity  Payments  under  "Non-Qualified
Contracts - Taxation of Annuity  Payments,  except that the number of expected
payments  is  determined  under a  provision  in the code."  Distributions  of
minimum  amounts  specified by the Code  generally must commence by April 1 of
the calendar year  following  the calendar year in which the employee  attains
age  70  1/2 or  retires,  if  later.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  minimum
distribution  rules will result in the  imposition  of a penalty tax of 50% of
the  amount by which the  minimum  distribution  required  exceeds  the actual
distribution.
    

SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS.  Various special rules apply to tax-qualified plans
established by self- employed individuals.

PRIVATE EMPLOYER UNFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

PURCHASE   PAYMENTS.   Private  taxable  employers  may  establish   unfunded,
Non-Qualified  deferred compensation plans for a select group of management or
highly compensated employees and/or for

                                      43

independent  contractors.  These types of programs allow  individuals to defer
receipt of up to 100% of  compensation  that would  otherwise be includible in
income and  therefore  to defer the  payment of federal  income  taxes on such
amounts, as well as earnings thereon.  Purchase payments made by the employer,
however, are not immediately  deductible by the employer,  and the employer is
currently taxed on any increase in Account Value.

Deferred compensation plans represent a contractual promise on the part of the
employer to pay current  compensation  at some future  time.  The  Contract is
owned  by  the  employer  and  is  subject  to the  claims  of the  employer's
creditors.  The  individual  has no right or interest in the  Contract  and is
entitled only to payment from the employer's general assets in accordance with
plan provisions.

TAXATION OF  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Amounts  received by an individual from a private
employer  deferred  compensation  plan are  includible in gross income for the
taxable year in which such amounts are paid or otherwise made available.

EXCESS DISTRIBUTIONS - 15% TAX

   
Certain  persons,   particularly  those  who  participate  in  more  than  one
tax-qualified  retirement  plan, may be subject to an additional tax of 15% on
certain excess aggregate  distributions  from those plans. In general,  excess
distributions are taxable  distributions for all tax qualified plans in excess
of a  specified  annual  limit  for  payments  made in the form of an  annuity
(currently   $160,000)   or  five   times  the  annual   limit  for   lump-sum
distributions.  The additional tax on excess  distributions  does not apply to
distributions in 1997, 1998, and 1999.
    

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING AND REPORTING

Amounts  distributed  from a  Contract,  to the extent  includible  in taxable
income, are subject to federal income tax withholding. The payee may, however,
elect to have no income tax  withheld by  submitting a  withholding  exemption
certificate to us.

   
In some  cases,  if you own more than one  Qualified  annuity  contract,  such
contracts may be aggregated  for purposes of  determining  whether the federal
tax law requirement for minimum distributions after age 70 1/2, or retirement,
in appropriate  circumstances,  has been satisfied. If, under this aggregation
procedure,  you are  relying on  distributions  pursuant  to  another  annuity
contract  to satisfy the minimum  distribution  requirement  under a Qualified
Contract issued by us, you must sign a waiver  releasing us from any liability
to you for not  calculating  and  reporting  the amount of taxes and penalties
payable for failure to make required minimum distributions under the Contract.

TAXES PAYABLE BY AGL AND SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

AGL is taxed as a life  insurance  company under the Code.  The  operations of
Separate  Account D are part of the total  operations of AGL and are not taxed
separately.  Under  existing  federal  income  tax  laws, AGL  is not  taxed on
investment  income  derived by  Separate  Account D  (including  realized  and
unrealized  capital  gains) with  respect to the  Contracts.

                                      44

<PAGE>

AGL reserves  the right to allocate to the  Contracts  any  federal,  state or
other tax liability that may result in the future from maintenance of Separate
Account D or the Contracts.

Certain  Series may make an election to pass through to AGL any taxes withheld
by foreign taxing  jurisdictions  on foreign  source income.  Such an election
will result in additional  taxable income and income tax to AGL. The amount of
additional  income  tax,  however,  may be more than offset by credits for the
foreign  taxes  withheld,  which are also passed  through.  These  credits may
provide a benefit to AGL.
    

       

       

   
DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

The Contracts will be sold by  individuals  who, in addition to being licensed
by  state  insurance  authorities  to sell  the  Contracts  of AGL,  are  also
registered   representatives  of  American  General  Securities   Incorporated
("AGSI"),   the  principal   underwriter  of  the  Contracts,   or  registered
representatives of Sierra Investment Services  Corporation ("Sierra Services")
or other broker-dealer firms or representatives of other firms that are exempt
from  broker-dealer  regulation.  AGSI,  Sierra  Services  and any such  other
broker-dealer firms are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as broker-dealers and are members of
the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. AGSI is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of AGL.

                                      45

<PAGE>

AGSI's principal  business address is the same as that of our Home Office. The
interests  under the  Contracts  are offered on a continuous  basis.  AGSI and
Sierra   Services   have  entered  into  certain   revenue  and   cost-sharing
arrangements in connection with the marketing of the Contracts.

AGL  compensates  Sierra  Services  and  other  broker-dealers  that  sell the
Contracts  according  to one or more  compensation  schedules.  The  schedules
provide for commissions  ranging from 3.50% up to 6.25% of first year purchase
payments  received  pursuant to the Contracts.  In addition,  depending on the
schedule  selected,  AGL may pay continuing "trail"  commissions  ranging from
0.25% to 0.50% of Contract  Account  Value.  AGL also has agreed to pay Sierra
Services for its promotional  activities  such as the  solicitation of selling
group agreements between  broker-dealers and AGL, agent appointments with AGL,
printing  and  development  of sales  literature  to be used by AGL  appointed
agents as well as related  marketing  support and related special  promotional
campaigns. These distribution expenses do not result in any additional charges
under  the  Contracts  that  are  not  described   under  "Charges  under  the
Contracts".
    

LEGAL MATTERS

   
The legality of the  Contracts  described in this  Prospectus  has been passed
upon by Steven A. Glover,  Esquire,  with the law department of AGL. Freedman,
Levy,  Kroll & Simonds,  Washington,  D.C., has advised AGL on certain federal
securities law matters.
    

OTHER INFORMATION ON FILE

A  Registration  Statement  has been filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 with  respect to the  Contracts
discussed  in this  Prospectus.  Not all of the  information  set forth in the
Registration  Statement  and  exhibits  thereto  has  been  included  in  this
Prospectus.  Statements contained in this Prospectus  concerning the Contracts
and other  legal  instruments  are  intended to be  summaries.  For a complete
statement  of the terms of these  documents,  reference  should be made to the
instruments filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

A Statement of Additional  Information  is available  from us on request.  Its
contents are as follows:

CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
General Information...........................................................
Regulation and Reserves.......................................................
Independent Auditors..........................................................
Services......................................................................
Principal Underwriter.........................................................
Annuity Payments..............................................................
  Gender of Annuitant.........................................................
    
                                      46

<PAGE>

   
  Misstatement of Age or Sex and Other Errors.................................
Change of Investment Adviser or Investment Policy.............................
Terms of Exemptive Relief in Connection with Mortality
  and Expense Risk Charge.....................................................
Performance Data for the Divisions............................................
Financial Statements..........................................................
Index to Financial Statements.................................................
    

<PAGE>

                  (THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT PART OF A PROSPECTUS)

              INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
                                 INTRODUCTION

THIS  DISCLOSURE  STATEMENT  IS DESIGNED FOR OWNERS OF IRAS ISSUED BY AMERICAN
GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1996.

This  Disclosure  Statement is not part of your contract but contains  general
and  standardized  information  which must be  furnished to each person who is
issued an  Individual  Retirement  Annuity.  You must refer to your  policy to
determine your specific rights and obligations thereunder.

                                  REVOCATION

If you are  purchasing a new or rollover IRA, then if for any reason you, as a
recipient of this  Disclosure  Statement,  decide within 20 days from the date
your policy is  delivered  that you do not desire to retain your IRA,  written
notification to the Company must be mailed,  together with your policy, within
that  period.  If such  notice is mailed  within 20 days,  all  contributions,
without  adjustments for any applicable  sales  commissions or  administrative
expenses, will be refunded.

MAIL NOTIFICATION OF REVOCATION AND YOUR POLICY TO:

            American General Life Insurance Company
            Annuity Administration Department
            P. O. Box 1401
            Houston, Texas  77251-1401
            (Phone No. (800) 247-6584).

                                  ELIGIBILITY

Under  Internal  Revenue Code  ("Code")  Section 219, if you are not an active
participant (see A. below), you may make a contribution of up to the lesser of
$2,000 or 100% of  compensation  and take a  deduction  for the entire  amount
contributed.  If you are a married  individual filing a joint return, and your
compensation is less than your spouse's,  the deduction  will, in general,  be
the lesser of $4,000 or 100% of the combined  earned  income of both  spouses,
reduced by any deduction for an IRA purchase  payment  allowed to your spouse.
If you are an active  participant,  but have an adjusted  gross  income  (AGI)
below  a  certain  level  (see B.  below),  you may  still  make a  deductible
contribution.  If,  however,  you or your spouse is an active  participant and
your combined AGI is above the specified  level,  the amount of the deductible
contribution  you  may  make to an IRA  will be  phased  down  and  eventually
eliminated.

A.  ACTIVE PARTICIPANT

                                    Page 1

<PAGE>

You are an "active  participant" for a year if you are covered by a retirement
plan.  You are covered by a  "retirement  plan" for a year if your employer or
union has a retirement  plan under which money is added to your account or you
are eligible to earn retirement credits. For example, if you are covered under
a  profit-sharing   plan,   certain   government  plans,  a  salary  reduction
arrangement (such as a tax sheltered annuity  arrangement or a 401(k) plan), a
Simplified  Employee Pension program (SEP), any Simple Retirement Account or a
plan which promises you a retirement benefit which is based upon the number of
years of service  you have with the  employer,  you are likely to be an active
participant.  Your Form W-2 for the year should  indicate  your  participation
status.

You are an active  participant  for a year  even if you are not yet  vested in
your retirement benefit. Also, if you make required contributions or voluntary
employee contributions to a retirement plan, you are an active participant. In
certain plans, you may be an active participant even if you were only with the
employer for part of the year.

You are not considered an active participant if you are covered in a plan only
because of your service as 1) an Armed Forces  Reservist for less than 90 days
of active  service,  or 2) a volunteer  firefighter  covered for  firefighting
service by a government plan. Of course, if you are covered in any other plan,
these exceptions do not apply.

If you are married,  filed a separate  tax return,  and did not live with your
spouse at any time during the year,  your spouse's active  participation  will
not affect your ability to make deductible contributions.

B.  ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME (AGI)

If you are an active participant,  you must look at your Adjusted Gross Income
for the year (if you and your  spouse  file a joint tax  return,  you use your
combined AGI) to determine whether you can make a deductible IRA contribution.
Your tax return will show you how to calculate  your AGI for this purpose.  If
you are at or below a certain AGI level,  called the Threshold  Level, you are
treated  as if you were not an active  participant  and can make a  deductible
contribution  under  the  same  rules  as  a  person  who  is  not  an  active
participant.

If you are single, your Threshold AGI Level is $25,000. The Threshold Level if
you are married and file a joint tax return is $40,000, and if you are married
but file a separate tax return, the Threshold Level is $0.

If your AGI is less than $10,000 above your Threshold Level, you will still be
able to make a deductible contribution,  but it will be limited in amount. The
amount by which your AGI exceeds your Threshold Level (AGI - Threshold  Level)
is called your  Excess AGI.  The  Maximum  Allowable  Deduction  is $2,000 (or
$4,000 if you are married, file a joint return and earn less compensation than
your spouse). You can estimate your Deduction Limit as follows:

(Your  Deduction  Limit may be slightly  higher if you use this formula rather
than the table provided by the IRS.)

   $10,000 - Excess AGI
                        x Maximum Allowable Deduction = Deduction Limit

                                    Page 2

<PAGE>

        $10,000

You must round up the result to the next  highest $10 level (the next  highest
number  which ends in zero).  For example,  if the result is $1,525,  you must
round it up to $1,530.  If the final result is below $200 but above zero, your
Deduction  Limit is $200. Your Deduction  Limit cannot,  in any event,  exceed
100% of your compensation.

     EXAMPLE 1: Ms. Smith, a single person,  is an active  participant and has
     an AGI of $31,619.  She calculates her  deductible  IRA  contribution  as
     follows:

               Her AGI is $31,619
               Her Threshold Level is $25,000
               Her Excess AGI is (AGI - Threshold Level) or  ($31,619-$25,000)
               = $6,619
               Her Maximum Allowable Deduction is $2,000

               So, her IRA deduction limit is:

                     $10,000 - $1,500
                     ---------------- x $2,000 = $676 (rounded to $680)
                          $10,000

     EXAMPLE 2: Mr. and Mrs. Young file a joint tax return.  Each spouse earns
     more than $2,000 and one is an active  participant.  They have a combined
     AGI of $44,255.  They may each  contribute to an IRA and calculate  their
     deductible contributions to each IRA as follows:

               Their AGI is $44,255
               Their Threshold Level is $40,000
               Their  Excess  AGI is (AGI -  Threshold  Level) or  ($44,255  -
               $40,000) = $4,255
               The Maximum Allowable Deduction for each spouse is $2,000
               So, each spouse may compute his or her IRA  deduction  limit as
               follows:

                     $10,000 - 4,255
                     --------------- x $2,000 = $1,149 (rounded to $1,150)
                         $10,000

     EXAMPLE  3: If, in Example  2, Mr.  Young did not earn any  compensation,
     each spouse may still contribute to an IRA and calculate their deductible
     contribution to each IRA as in Example 2.

     EXAMPLE 4: Mr. Jones, a married  person,  files a separate tax return and
     is an active  participant.  He has $1,500 of  compensation  and wishes to
     make a deductible contribution to an IRA.

               His AGI is $1,500
               His Threshold Level is $0
               His  Excess  AGI is (AGI -  Threshold  Level) or  $1,500-$0)  =
               $1,500
               His Maximum Allowable Deduction is $2,000
               So,   his  IRA   deduction   limit   is: 

                     $10,000 - $1,500
                     ---------------- x $2,000 = $1,700
                          $10,000

                                    Page 3

<PAGE>

              Even though his IRA deduction limit under the formula is $1,700,
              Mr.   Jones   may  not   deduct  an  amount  in  excess  of  his
              compensation, so, his actual deduction is limited to $1,500.

                     NON-DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS TO IRAS

Even if you are above the  Threshold  Level and thus may not make a deductible
contribution  of up to  $2,000  (or  up to  $4,000  in  the  case  of  married
individuals filing a joint return),  you may still contribute up to the lesser
of 100% of  compensation  or $2,000 to an IRA  ($4,000  in the case of married
individuals  filing a joint return).  The amount of your contribution which is
not deductible will be a non-deductible  contribution to the IRA. You may also
choose to make a contribution  non-deductible  even if you could have deducted
part or all of the  contribution.  Interest  or  other  earnings  on your  IRA
contribution,  whether from deductible or non-deductible  contributions,  will
not be taxed until taken out of your IRA and distributed to you.

If you make a  non-deductible  contribution  to an IRA,  you must  report  the
amount of the non-deductible contribution to the IRS on Form 8606 as a part of
your tax return for the year.

You may make a  $2,000  contribution  at any time  during  the  year,  if your
compensation for the year will be at least $2,000,  without having to know how
much will be  deductible.  When you fill out your return,  you may then figure
out how much is deductible.

You may withdraw an IRA contribution  made for a year any time before April 15
of the  following  year.  If you do so, you must also  withdraw  the  earnings
attributable  to that  portion and report the  earnings as income for the year
for which the contribution  was made. If some portion of your  contribution is
not deductible,  you may decide either to withdraw the non-deductible  amount,
or to leave  it in the IRA and  designate  that  portion  as a  non-deductible
contribution on your tax return.

                               IRA DISTRIBUTIONS

Generally,  IRA  distributions  which are not rolled over (see  "Rollover  IRA
Rules,"  below)  are  included  in your  gross  income  in the  year  they are
received.  Non-deductible  IRA contributions,  however,  are made using income
which has already been taxed (that is, they are not deductible contributions).
Thus,  the  portion  of the IRA  distributions  consisting  of  non-deductible
contributions  will not be taxed  again when  received by you. If you make any
non-deductible  IRA  contributions,  each  distribution  from your IRA(s) will
consist of a non-taxable portion (return of deductible contributions,  if any,
and account earnings).

Thus,  you may  not  take a  distribution  which  is  entirely  tax-free.  The
following  formula  is used  to  determine  the  non-taxable  portion  of your
distributions for a taxable year:

           Remaining
 Non-Deductible Contributions
 ---------------------------- x Total Distributions = Nontaxable Distributions
 Year-End Total IRA Balances       (for the year)          (for the year)

                                    Page 4

<PAGE>

To figure  the  year-end  total IRA  balance,  you treat all of your IRAs as a
single IRA. This includes all regular IRAs (whether accounts or annuities), as
well as Simplified  Employee  Pension (SEP) IRAs,  and Rollover IRAs. You also
add back the distributions taken during the year.

EXAMPLE: An individual makes the following contributions to his or her IRA(s).

   YEAR           DEDUCTIBLE                                    NON-DEDUCTIBLE

   1986            $ 2,000
   1987              1,800
   1990              1,000                                          $ 1,000
   1992                600                                            1,400
                   -------                                          -------
                   $ 5,400                                          $ 2,400

         Deductible Contributions:                                  $ 5,400
         Non-Deductible Contributions:                                2,400
         Earnings on IRAs:                                            1,200
                                                                    -------

         Total Account Balance of IRA(s) as of 12/31/95:            $ 9,000
         (before distributions in 1995).

In 1995, the  individual  takes a  distribution  of $3,000.  The total account
balance in the IRAs on  12/31/95  before  1995  distributions  is $9,000.  The
non-taxable portion of the distributions for 1995 is figured as follows:

Total non-deductible contributions                      $2,400
                                                        ------ x $3,000 = $800
Total account balance in the IRAs, before distributions $9,000


Thus,  $800 of the $3,000  distribution  in 1995 will not be  included  in the
individual's taxable income. The remaining $2,200 will be taxable for 1995.

                              ROLLOVER IRA RULES

1.  IRA TO IRA

You may withdraw, tax-free, all or part of the assets from an IRA and reinvest
them in one or more IRAs. The reinvestment must be completed within 60 days of
the  withdrawal.  No IRA  deduction is allowed for the  reinvestment.  Amounts
required to be  distributed  because the individual has reached age 70 1/2 may
not be rolled over.

2.  EMPLOYER PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS TO IRA

All taxable  distributions  (known as "eligible rollover  distributions") from
qualified pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus and tax sheltered annuity plans
may be rolled over to an IRA, with the exception of (1) annuities  paid over a
life or life  expectancy,  (2) installments for a period of ten years or more,
and (3) required minimum distributions under section 401(a)(9).

Rollovers may be  accomplished  in two ways.  First,  you may elect to have an
eligible rollover  distribution paid directly to an IRA (a"direct  rollover").
Second, you may receive the distribution  directly and then, within 60 days of
receipt,  roll the amount over to an IRA. Under the law, 

                                    Page 5

<PAGE>

however,  any  amount  that  you  elect  not to have  distributed  as a direct
rollover will be subject to 20 percentincome tax withholding,  and, if you are
younger  than age 59 1/2,  may result in a 10% excise tax on any amount of the
distribution  that is included  in income.  Questions  regarding  distribution
options  under  the Act  should  be  directed  to your  Plan  Trustee  or Plan
Administrator,   or  may   be   answered   by   consulting   IRS   Regulations
ss.1.401(a)(31)-1, ss.1.402(c)-2T and ss.31.3405(c)-1.

                     PENALTIES FOR PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS

If you  receive a  distribution  from your IRA before you reach age 59 1/2, an
additional tax of 10 percent will be imposed under Code  ss.72(t),  unless the
distribution  (a)  occurs  because  of your  death or  disability,  (b) is for
certain  medical  care  expenses  or to an  unemployed  individual  for health
insurance  premiums,  (c) is received  as a part of a series of  substantially
equal payments over your life or life expectancy, (d) is received as a part of
a series of substantially  equal payments over the lives or life expectancy of
you and your beneficiary, or (e) the distribution is contributed to a rollover
IRA.

                             MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

Under the rules set forth in Code ss.408(b)(3) and  ss.401(a)(9),  you may not
leave the funds in your contract  indefinitely.  Certain minimum distributions
are required.  These required  distributions  may be taken in one of two ways:
(a) by  withdrawing  the balance of your  contract  by a  "required  beginning
date,"  usually April 1 of the year  following the date at which you reach age
70 1/2; or (b) by withdrawing  periodic  distributions  of the balance in your
contract by the required  beginning date. These periodic  distributions may be
taken over (a) your life; (b) the lives of you and your named beneficiary; (c)
a period  not  extending  beyond  your life  expectancy;  or (d) a period  not
extending beyond the joint life expectancy of you and your named beneficiary.

If you do not satisfy the minimum distribution requirements, then, pursuant to
Code  ss.4974,  you  may  have  to pay a 50%  excise  tax on  the  amount  not
distributed as required that year.

The  foregoing  minimum  distribution  rules  are  discussed  in detail in IRS
Publication 590, "Individual Retirement Arrangements."

                                   REPORTING

You are required to report penalty taxes due on excess  contributions,  excess
accumulations,   premature   distributions,   and   prohibited   transactions.
Currently,  IRS Form 5329 is used to report such  information  to the Internal
Revenue Service.

                            PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

Neither you nor your  beneficiary may engage in a prohibited  transaction,  as
that term is defined in Code ss.4975.

Borrowing any money from this IRA would,  under Code  ss.408(e)(3),  cause the
contract to cease to be an Individual  Retirement  Annuity and would result in
the value of the annuity  being  included in the owner's  gross  income in the
taxable year in which such loan is made.

Use of this  contract as security  for a loan from the  Company,  if such loan
were otherwise permitted, would, under Code ss.408(e)(4), cause the portion so
used to be treated as a taxable distribution.

                                    Page 6

<PAGE>

                             EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

Tax Code  ss.4973  imposes a 6 percent  excise tax as a penalty  for an excess
contribution to an IRA. An excess contribution is the excess of the deductible
and  nondeductible  amounts  contributed  by the Owner to an IRA for that year
over the  lesser of his or her  taxable  compensation  or  $2,000.  (Different
limits  apply  in the  case  of a  spousal  IRA  arrangement.)  If the  excess
contribution  is not  withdrawn by the due date of your tax return  (including
extensions) you will be subject to the penalty.

                                 IRS APPROVAL

Your contract and IRA endorsement  have been approved by the Internal  Revenue
Service as a tax qualified Individual Retirement Annuity. Such approval by the
Internal Revenue Service is a determination only as to the form of the annuity
and does not represent a determination of the merits of such annuity.

This disclosure statement is intended to provide an overview of the applicable
tax laws relating to Individual Retirement Arrangements. It is not intended to
constitute a comprehensive explanation as to the tax consequences of your IRA.
AS WITH ALL SIGNIFICANT  TRANSACTIONS SUCH AS THE ESTABLISHMENT OR MAINTENANCE
OF, OR WITHDRAWAL  FROM AN IRA,  APPROPRIATE  TAX AND LEGAL COUNSEL  SHOULD BE
CONSULTED.  Further  information  may also be acquired by contacting  your IRS
District Office or consulting IRS Publication 590.


                             FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

   
     ( _______________ VARIABLE ANNUITY, FORM NOS. 97010 AND 97011 )

This  Financial  Disclosure  is  applicable  to IRAs  using a  _______________
Variable  Annuity  (contract  form  numbers  97010 or 97011 )  purchased  from
American General Life Insurance Company on or after April 15, 1997.
    

Earnings  under  variable  annuities  are not  guaranteed,  and  depend on the
performance of the investment option(s) selected.  As such, earnings cannot be
projected. Set forth below are the charges associated with such annuities.

CHARGES:

   
     (a) A maximum annual contract  maintenance  charge of $35 deducted at the
         end of each contract year.
    

     (b) A  maximum  charge  of $25 for each  transfer,  in  excess of 12 free
         transfers  annually,  of  contract  value  between  divisions  of the
         Separate Account.

                                    Page 7

<PAGE>

     (c) To  compensate  for  mortality  and expense  risks  assumed under the
         contract,  variable  divisions  only will incur a daily  charge at an
         annualized rate of 1.25% of the average Separate Account Value of the
         contract during both the Accumulation and the Payout Phase.

     (d) Premium taxes,  if applicable,  may be charged  against  Accumulation
         Value at time of  annuitization,  a full or partial surrender or upon
         the death of the Annuitant.  If a jurisdiction  imposes premium taxes
         at the time  purchase  payments  are made,  the  Company may deduct a
         charge at that time.

     (e) If the contract is surrendered, or if a withdrawal is made, there may
         be a Surrender  Charge.  The  Surrender  Charge equals the sum of the
         following:


   
                  7% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during  the first  contract  year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered;
    

                  6% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during the second  contract  year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered;

                  5% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during  the third  contract  year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered;

                  5% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during the fourth  contract  year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered;

                  4% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during  the fifth  contract  year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered;

                  3% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during  the sixth  contract  year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered;

                  2% of purchase  payments for surrenders and withdrawals made
                  during the seventh  contract year  following  receipt of the
                  purchase payments surrendered.

              There will be no charge imposed for  surrenders and  withdrawals
              made during the eighth and subsequent  contract years  following
              receipt of the purchase payments surrendered.

              Under certain circumstances described in the contract,  portions
              of a partial withdrawal may be exempt from the Surrender Charge.

     (f) To compensate  for  administrative  expenses,  a daily charge will be
         incurred  at an  annualized  rate  of .15%  of the  average  Separate
         Account Value of the contract during the  Accumulation and the Payout
         Phase.

   
         (g) Each variable division will be charged a fee for asset management
         and other expenses  deducted directly from the underlying fund during
         the  Accumulation  and Payout  Phase.  Total fees will range  between
         1.20% and 1.72%.
    
                                    Page 8

<PAGE>

          AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT D

               COMBINATION FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                  OFFERED BY

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       ANNUITY ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT

                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401

                        1-800-247-6584    713-831-3505


                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
                             Dated April 15, 1997

     This  Statement  of  Additional   Information   ("Statement")  is  not  a
prospectus.  It should be read with the Prospectus  for American  General Life
Insurance  Company  Separate  Account  D  ("Separate  Account  D")  concerning
flexible premium deferred annuity  Contracts  investing in certain mutual fund
Series of The Sierra Variable Trust, dated April _____, 1997. You can obtain a
copy of the Prospectus for the Contracts by contacting  American  General Life
Insurance Company ("AGL") at the address or telephone numbers given above. You
have the option of  receiving  benefits on a fixed basis  through  AGL's Fixed
Account or through AGL's Separate Account D. Terms used in this Statement have
the  same  meanings  as  are  defined  in the  Prospectus  under  the  heading
"Glossary."
    

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
General Information...........................................................
Regulation and Reserves.......................................................
Independent Auditors..........................................................
Services......................................................................
Principal Underwriter.........................................................
Annuity Payments..............................................................
 Gender of Annuitant..........................................................
 Misstatement of Age or Sex and Other Errors..................................
Change of Investment Adviser or Investment Policy.............................
Terms of Exemptive Relief in Connection With Mortality
 and Expense Risk Charge......................................................
Performance Data for the Divisions............................................
Financial Statements..........................................................
    

                                       1

<PAGE>

   
Index to Financial Statements.................................................
    

                              GENERAL INFORMATION
   
AGL  (formerly  American  General  Life  Insurance  Company of  Delaware) is a
successor  in  interest  to a  company  previously  organized  as  a  Delaware
corporation in 1917. Effective December 31, 1991,AGL redomesticated as a Texas
insurer and changed its name to American General Life Insurance  Company.  AGL
is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of AGC  Life  Insurance  Company,  a  Missouri
corporation ("AG Missouri")  engaged primarily in the life insurance  business
and annuity business.  AG Missouri,  in turn, is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
American General Corporation, a Texas holding corporation engaged primarily in
the insurance business.
    

                            REGULATION AND RESERVES

   
AGL is subject to regulation and  supervision by the insurance  departments of
the states in which it is licensed to do business.  This  regulation  covers a
variety  of  areas,  including  benefit  reserve  requirements,   adequacy  of
insurance  company capital and surplus,  various  operational  standards,  and
accounting and financial reporting  procedures.  AGL's operations and accounts
are subject to periodic examination by insurance regulatory authorities.

Under  insurance  guaranty fund laws in most states,  insurers  doing business
therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for insurance contract losses,
if  covered,  incurred by  insolvent  insurance  companies.  The amount of any
future  assessments  of AGL under these laws cannot be  reasonably  estimated.
Most of these laws do provide,  however,  that an assessment may be excused or
deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength.

Although  the federal  government  generally  has not directly  regulated  the
business  of  insurance,  federal  initiatives  often  have an  impact  on the
business in a variety of ways.  Federal measures that may adversely affect the
insurance  business  include  employee  benefit  regulation,  tax law  changes
affecting  the  taxation of  insurance  companies  or of  insurance  products,
changes in the relative  desirability of various personal investment vehicles,
and  removal  of  impediments  on the entry of banking  institutions  into the
business of insurance.  Also, both the executive and  legislative  branches of
the federal government have under consideration  various insurance  regulatory
matters,  which could ultimately  result in direct federal  regulation of some
aspects of the insurance business.  It is not possible to predict whether this
will occur or, if so, what the effect on AGL would be.

Pursuant to state insurance laws and  regulations,AGL is obligated to carry on
its books, as liabilities,  reserves to meet its obligations under outstanding
insurance  contracts.  These  reserves are based on assumptions  about,  among
other things,  future claims  experience and investment  returns.  Neither the
reserve  requirements  nor the other  aspects  of state  insurance  regulation
provide absolute protection to holders of insurance  contracts,  including the
Contracts,  if AGL were to incur  claims or  expenses  at rates  significantly
higher than expected,  for example, due to acquired immune
    

                                       2

<PAGE>

   
deficiency  syndrome  or  other  infectious   diseases  or  catastrophes,   or
significant unexpected losses on its investments.
    

                             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

   
The consolidated  financial  statements of AGL and the financial statements of
the  Sierra  Advantage  Divisions  of  Separate  Account D  appearing  in this
Statement of Additional Information ("Statement") have been audited by Ernst &
Young  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set  forth  in their  reports  thereon
appearing  elsewhere herein.  Such financial  statements have been included in
this Statement of Additional  Information  ("Statement") in reliance upon such
reports of Ernst & Young LLP given upon the  authority of such firm as experts
in  accounting  and  auditing.  Ernst & Young LLP is  located  at One  Houston
Center, Suite 2400, 1221 McKinney Street, Houston, TX 77010- 2007.
    

                                   SERVICES

   
A Service Agreement exists between AGL and Continuum  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
("Continuum")  to provide certain services in connection with Separate Account
D.  Continuum has developed a  computerized  data  processing  record  keeping
system for annuity accounting and has the necessary data processing  equipment
and personnel to provide and support remote  terminal access to its system for
the maintenance of annuity records, processing information, and the generation
of output with respect to the records and information. AGL has contracted with
Continuum for the right to use Continuum's system. For these services AGL paid
Continuum $____________ in 1996, $28,080 in 1995, and $78,840 in 1994.
    

                             PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

   
American General Securities Incorporated ("AGSI") is the principal underwriter
with respect to the  Contracts.  AGSI also serves as principal  underwriter to
American  General Life  Insurance  Company of New York Separate  Account E and
AGL's Separate Account A, both of which are unit investment  trusts registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

As principal underwriter with respect to Separate Account D, AGSI has received
from AGL less than $1,000 of compensation for each of the past three years.
    

                               ANNUITY PAYMENTS

GENDER OF ANNUITANT

When annuity payments are based on life expectancy, the amount of each annuity
payment  ordinarily will be higher if the Annuitant or other measuring life is
a male, as compared with a female under an otherwise identical Contract.  This
is because, statistically,  females tend to have longer life expectancies than
males.

                                       3

<PAGE>

However,  there  will be no  differences  between  males  and  females  in any
jurisdiction,  including Montana, where such differences are not permitted. We
will also make available Contracts with no such differences in connection with
certain  employer-sponsored  benefit  plans.  Employers  should be aware that,
under most such plans,  Contracts that make  distinctions  based on gender are
prohibited by law.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX AND OTHER ERRORS

   
If the age or sex of an Annuitant has been misstated to us, any amount payable
will be that which the  purchase  payments  paid would have  purchased  at the
correct  age and  sex.  If we  made  any  overpayments  because  of  incorrect
information about age or sex, or any error or  miscalculation,  we will deduct
the  overpayment  from the  next  payment  or  payments  due.  We will add any
underpayments  to the next  payment.  The  amount  of any  adjustment  will be
credited or charged  with  interest at the assumed  interest  rate used in the
Contract's annuity tables.
    

               CHANGE OF INVESTMENT ADVISER OR INVESTMENT POLICY

   
Unless otherwise required by law or regulation, neither the investment adviser
to any Fund nor any  investment  policy may be changed  without the consent of
AGL. If required,  approval of or change of any  investment  objective will be
filed with the  insurance  department  of each state where a Contract has been
delivered.  The Owner (or, after annuity  payments  start,  the payee) will be
notified of any material investment policy change that has been approved.  You
will be notified of any investment  policy change prior to its  implementation
by Separate Account D if your comment or vote is required for such change.
    

       
                                       4

<PAGE>

       

                      PERFORMANCE DATA FOR THE DIVISIONS

   
     Investment results for the available  Divisions of Separate Account D may
be quoted from time to time. Such results will not be an estimate or guarantee
of future investment performance, and will not represent the actual experience
of amounts invested by a particular Owner. Performance figures will be carried
to the  nearest  one-hundredth  of one  percent  and may include the effect of
voluntary  fee waivers and expense  reimbursements  in favor of the Funds from
their investment adviser and administrator.
    

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

   
     Each  Division  may  advertise  its average  annual  total  return.  Each
Division's  average  annual total return  quotation is computed in  accordance
with a standard  method  prescribed by the Securities and Exchange  Commission
("SEC").  The average annual total return for a Division for a specific period
is found by first taking a  hypothetical  $1,000  investment in the Division's
Accumulation  Units on the  first  day of the  period  at the  then-applicable
Accumulation  Unit value per unit  ("initial  investment"),  and computing the
ending redeemable value ("redeemable  value") of that investment at the end of
the  period.  The  redeemable  value  reflects  the  effect of the  applicable
Surrender  Charge  that may be imposed at the end of the period as well as all
other recurring  charges and fees  applicable  under the Contract to all Owner
accounts.  Such other  charges and fees include the mortality and expense risk
charge, the administrative  expense charge and the Annual Contract Fee, but do
not include the charges for any applicable premium taxes. The redeemable value
is then divided by the initial  investment,  and this quotient is taken to the
Nth root (N represents  the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted
from the result, which is then expressed as a percentage.
    

       
                                       5

<PAGE>

       
   
TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS (WITHOUT SURRENDER CHARGE OR ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE)

     Each Division may also advertise its non-standardized total return, which
is  calculated  in the  same  manner  and for the  same  time  periods  as the
standardized average annual total returns described  immediately above, except
that the  redeemable  value does not reflect the  deduction of any  applicable
Surrender  Charge  that  may be  imposed  at the  end  of the  period,  or the
deduction of the Annual Contract Fee or the deduction of any premium taxes. If
reflected, these charges would reduce the performance results presented.
    
       
   
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

     No  standardized  formula has been  prescribed by the SEC for calculating
cumulative total return  performance.  Cumulative total return  performance is
the compound rate of return on a hypothetical  initial investment of $1,000 in
each  Division's  Accumulation  Units on the  first  day of the  period at the
maximum  offering  price,  which  is the  Accumulation  Unit  value  per  unit
("initial  investment").  Cumulative  total  return  figures  (and the related
"Growth of a $1,000  Investment"  figures set forth  below) do not include the
effect of any premium taxes or any applicable  Surrender  Charge or the Annual
Contract  Fee.   Cumulative  total  return   quotations   reflect  changes  in
Accumulation  Unit value
    
                                       6

<PAGE>

   
and  are  calculated  by  finding  the  cumulative  rates  of  return  of  the
hypothetical  initial  investment  over  various  periods,  according  to  the
following formula, and then expressing that as a percentage:
    
                                C = (ERV/P) - 1

   
Where:
         C  =    cumulative total return
         P  =    a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000
         ERV =   ending  redeemable  value:  i.e., the value at the end of the
                 applicable period of a hypothetical $1,000 investment made at
                 the beginning of the applicable period.
    

   
HYPOTHETICAL PERFORMANCE

     The tables below provide  hypothetical  performance  information  for the
Global  Money  Fund  Division  of  Separate  Account  D  based  on the  actual
historical  performance  of the  corresponding  Series in which  the  Division
invests.  This  information  reflects all actual charges and deductions of the
Series and all Separate  Account charges and  deductions,  with respect to the
Contracts,  that hypothetically would have been made had the Separate Account,
with respect to the Contracts, been invested in the Series for all the periods
indicated.  This information has been provided only with respect to the Global
Money Fund Division  because the other Divisions  available under the Contract
had not commenced operations as of the date of this Statement.

             HYPOTHETICAL HISTORICAL AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
                          (THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1996)

                                                               Since
                                                               Series
Investment Division               One Year                     Inception

Global Money Fund                 (3.58)%                      1.61%


                     HYPOTHETICAL HISTORICAL TOTAL RETURNS
                          (THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1996)

                                                               Since
                                                               Series
Investment Division               One Year                     Inception

Global Money Fund                  3.51%                       2.87%
    

                                       7

<PAGE>

               HYPOTHETICAL HISTORICAL CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
                          (THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1996)

                                                               Since
                                                               Series
Investment Division               One Year                     Inception

   
Global Money Fund                  3.51%                       10.86%
    

   
     HYPOTHETICAL HISTORICAL GROWTH OF A $1,000 INVESTMENT IN THE DIVISION
                          (THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1996)

                                                               Since
                                                               Series
Investment Division               One Year                     Inception

Global Money Fund                 $1,035.15                    $1,108.58
    

       
                                       8

<PAGE>

       
YIELD CALCULATIONS

                                       9


<PAGE>

   
     The yield quotation is computed by dividing the net investment income per
Accumulation  Unit earned  during the  specified one month or 30-day period by
the  Accumulation  Unit value on the last day of the period,  according to the
following formula that assumes a semi-annual reinvestment of income:
    

                                      a - b
                          YIELD = 2[(-------+1)6 - 1]
                                        cd

Where:
 a =                          Net  dividends  and interest  earned  during the
                              period by the Fund attributable to the Division.

 b =                          Expenses   accrued   for  the  period   (net  of
                              reimbursements).

 c =                          The average daily number of  Accumulation  Units
                              outstanding during the period.

 d =                          The Accumulation Unit value per unit on the last
                              day of the period.

The yield of each Division  reflects the  deduction of all recurring  fees and
charges  applicable to each  Division,  such as the mortality and expense risk
charge  and the  administrative  expense  charge,  but  does not  reflect  the
deduction of Surrender Charges or the charge for any applicable premium taxes.

   
GLOBAL MONEY FUND DIVISION YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD CALCULATIONS

     The Global  Money Fund  Division's  yield will be computed in  accordance
with a standard method  prescribed by the SEC. Under that method,  the current
yield  quotation is based on a seven-day  period and computed as follows:  the
net change in the Accumulation  Unit value during the period is divided by the
Accumulation  Unit  value at the  beginning  of the  period to obtain the base
period return; the base period return is then multiplied by the fraction 365/7
to obtain the  current  yield  figure.  Realized  capital  gains or losses and
unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the Global Money Fund's assets will
not be included in the calculation.

     The Global Money Fund  Division's  effective  yield will be determined by
taking the base period return  (computed as described  above) and  calculating
the effect of assumed  compounding.  The formula for the  effective  yield is:
(base period return +1)365/7-1.
    
                                      10

<PAGE>

Yield and effective yield do not reflect the deduction of Surrender Charges or
the charges for any applicable premium taxes.


PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

     The performance of any or all of the Divisions of Separate  Account D may
be compared in advertisements and sales literature to the performance of other
variable  annuity issuers in general or to the performance of particular types
of variable  annuities  investing in mutual funds,  or series of mutual funds,
with  investment  objectives  similar  to each of the  Divisions  of  Separate
Account D.  Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  ("Lipper")  and the  Variable
Annuity  Research and Data Service  ("VARDSR") are independent  services which
monitor and rank the  performance of variable  annuity  issuers in each of the
major categories of investment  objectives on an industry-wide basis. Lipper's
rankings  include  variable life issuers as well as variable  annuity issuers.
VARDSR  rankings  compare  only  variable  annuity  issuers.  The  performance
analyses prepared by Lipper and VARDSR rank such issuers on the basis of total
return, assuming reinvestment of dividends and distributions,  but do not take
sales charges,  redemption fees or certain expense  deductions at the separate
account level into consideration.  In addition,  VARDSR prepares risk adjusted
rankings,   which  consider  the  effects  of  market  risk  on  total  return
performance.

     In   addition,   each   Division's   performance   may  be   compared  in
advertisements  and sales  literature  to the  following  benchmarks:  (1) the
Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index, an unmanaged weighted index
of 500 leading  domestic  companies that represents  approximately  80% of the
market  capitalization  of the United States equity market;  (2) the Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  an  unmanaged  unweighted  average  of thirty  blue chip
industrial  corporations  listed on the New York Stock  Exchange and generally
considered  representative of the United States stock market; (3) the Consumer
Price Index,  published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,  a statistical
measure of change,  over time,  in the prices of goods and  services  in major
expenditure groups and generally considered to be a measure of inflation;  (4)
the Lehman Brothers  Government and Corporate Bond Index, the Salomon Brothers
High Grade  Corporate Bond Index,  and the Merrill Lynch  Government/Corporate
Master Index, unmanaged indices that are generally considered to represent the
performance of intermediate  and long term bonds during various market cycles;
and (5) the Morgan Stanley  Capital  International  Europe  Australia Far East
Index, an unmanaged index that is considered to be generally representative of
major non-United States stock markets.

EFFECT OF TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATIONS

     The charts below compare  accumulations  attributable to a single initial
contribution  of $100,000,  compounded  annually,  to (1) investments on which
earnings are not taxed until withdrawn,  and (2) investments on which earnings
are taxed currently.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   5 Years          10 Years          20 Years
                                             (7.125% earnings rate)
<S>                                <C>              <C>               <C>
Tax-Deferred....................   $141,076         $199,025          $396,111
</TABLE>

                                      11

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>              <C>               <C>
Tax-Deferred (after taxes)......   $128,343         $168,327          $304,316
Taxable Investment..............   $127,120         $161,595          $261,129


                                             (10.00% earnings rate)
Tax-Deferred....................   $161,051         $259,374          $672,750
Tax-Deferred (after taxes)......   $142,125         $209,968          $495,197
Taxable Investment..............   $139,601         $194,884          $379,799
</TABLE>

   
These  hypothetical  charts assume a 31% tax rate. The charts also assume that
no fees or charges are deducted  from any of the  investments.  In the case of
the  Contracts,  the annual  mortality  and expense risk charge is 1.25 %, the
maximum  surrender charge is 7% for withdrawals  within the first seven years,
the annual administrative  expense is .15% and the annual contract fee is $35.
The currently taxable  investments may incur comparable fees and charges.  The
application of fees and charges would reduce the  performance of the Contracts
or  any  other  investment.  Taxes  are  payable  upon  withdrawal  under  the
Contracts, either at one time in the case of a lump sum withdrawal, or on each
payment in the case of  annuitization.  An additional 10% penalty may apply to
withdrawals before age 59 1/2.
    

This information is for  illustrative  purposes only and is not a guarantee of
future return.

                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

       
   
Separate  Account  D  has  a  total  of  forty-two  Divisions.  The  financial
statements for Separate  Account D that are included  herein relate to nine of
its Divisions,  of which only one is available  pursuant to the Contracts that
are the  subject  of this  Statement;  however,  the fee  structure  for  such
Division is different  under such  Contracts.  Twenty eight  Divisions are not
available under the Contracts that are the subject of this Statement.  None of
the remaining five Divisions,  all of which are available under Contracts that
are the subject of this Statement,  has commenced operations as of the date of
this Statement.

The  financial  statements  of AGL  that are  included  in this  Statement  of
Additional Information ("Statement") should be considered primarily as bearing
on the ability of AGL to meet its obligations under the Contracts.
    

                                      12

<PAGE>

                                   INDEX TO
                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                      PAGE NO.

I. Sierra Advantage Divisions of Separate Account D
   Financial Statements
   
   Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors..........................

   Statement of Net Assets ...................................................

   Statement of Operations....................................................

   Statement of Changes in Net Assets.........................................

   Notes to Financial Statements..............................................


II.AGL Consolidated Financial Statements

   Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors..........................

   Consolidated Balance Sheets................................................

   Consolidated Statements of Income..........................................

   Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity............................

   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows......................................

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................
    

                                      13

<PAGE>

                                    PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

          (a) Financial Statements

               PART A: None

               PART B:

   
               Financial  Statements  of the  Sierra  Advantage  Divisions  of
               American General Life Insurance  Company Separate Account D (To
               be filed by Amendment)

               Report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors
               Statement of Net Assets as of December 31, 1996
               Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1996
               Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended
                    December 31, 1996 and 1995
               Notes to Audited Financial Statements

               Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of American  General  Life
               Insurance Company (To be filed by Amendment)

               Report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors
               Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
               Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
                    December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
               Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity for the
                    years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
                    ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    
               PART C: None

          (b) Exhibits

1(a)      American  General  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Delaware  Board  of
          Directors  resolution  authorizing  the  establishment  of  Separate
          Account D1

 (b)      Resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  of  American  General  Life
          Insurance Company of Delaware  authorizing,  among other things, the
          redomestication  of that  company in Texas and the  renaming of that
          company as American General Life Insurance Company2

                                      C-1

<PAGE>

 (c)      Resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  of  American  General  Life
          Insurance Company of Delaware providing,  inter alia, for Registered
          Separate Accounts' Standards of Conduct3

2         None

   
3(a)(i)   Distribution Agreement dated March 24, 1993 between American General
          Securities Incorporated and American General Life Insurance Company4

   (ii)   Form of Distribution  Agreement,  by and among American General Life
          Insurance  Company,  American  General  Securities  Incorporated and
          Sierra Investment Services Corporation (To be filed by Amendement)

 (b)(i)   Selling/Master  General Agent Agreement among American  General Life
          Insurance  Company,  American  General  Securities  Incorporated and
          Sierra Investment Services Corporation5
    
   
   (ii)   Form of Selling Group Agreement,  by and among American General Life
          Insurance  Company,  American  General  Securities  Incorporated and
          Sierra Investment Services Corporation (To be filed by Amendment)

 (c)(i)   Trust Participation Agreement5

   (ii)   Form  of  (Amended)  Trust  Participation  Agreement  by  and  among
          American General Life Insurance Company, American General Securities
          Incorporated,  Sierra  Investment  Services  Corporation  and Sierra
          Investment Advisors Corporation (To be filed by Amendment)
    
 (d)      Agreement  respecting  certain   indemnification   given  by  Sierra
          Investment  Advisors  Corporation  and  Sierra  Investment  Services
          Corporation to American General Life Insurance  Company and American
          General Securities Incorporated5

   
4(a)      Specimen form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
          (Form No.93011)4
    

 (b)      Form of Waiver of Surrender Charge Rider6

 (c)      Form of Qualified Contract Endorsement6

   
(d)(i)(A) Specimen form of Individual  Retirement Annuity Financial Disclosure
          available under Contract Form No.930117

      (B) Specimen form of Individual  Retirement Annuity Disclosure Statement
          and  additional  specialized  forms  available  under  Contract Form
          No.97010 and Contract Form No. 970117
    

  (ii)    Specimen form of Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement4

                                      C-2

<PAGE>
 (iii)    Specimen form of IRA Instruction Form6

(e)       Form  of  Amendment  to  Combination   Fixed  and  Variable  Annuity
          Contract6
   
(f)(i)    Specimen form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
          (Form No. 97010)

  (ii)    Specimen form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
          (Form No. 97011)

 (iii)    Specimen form of Waiver of Surrender  Charge Rider for Contract Form
          No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011.

5(a)(i)   Specimen form of Application for Contract Form No. 930011(9)

   (ii)   Specimen form of Application for Contract Form No. 930011,  revised
          October, 1993(5)

  (iii)   Specimen form of SNAP Annuity Ticket  application  for Contract Form
          No. 930011(6)

   (iv)   Specimen form of Application  for Contract Form No. 930011,  revised
          April, 1995(6)

    (v)   Specimen  form of  Application  for Contract  Form No. 97010 and for
          Contract Form No. 970011
    

( b)(i)   Election of Annuity Payment Option/Change Form5

   (ii)   Specimen  form of  Absolute  Assignment  to Effect  Section  1035(a)
          Exchange  and  Rollover  of  a  Life  Insurance  Policy  or  Annuity
          Contract6

(c)(i)(A) Contract   Service    Request,    including    telephone    transfer
          authorization5

(c)(i)(B) Contract   Service    Request,    including    telephone    transfer
          authorization, revised January, 1996

  (ii)    Form of Authorization  Limited to Execution of Transaction  Requests
          for Contract4

 (iii)    Form of Transaction Request Form6

6(a)      Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of American General
          Life Insurance Company, effective December 31, 19912

   
  (b)     Bylaws of American General Life Insurance  Company,  adopted January
          22, 199210
    

7         None

   
8         Form of Sierra Asset  Management  Program  Agreement and  Disclosure
          Statement11
    

9         Opinion and consent of Counsel4

                                      C-3

<PAGE>

10        Consent of Independent Auditors

11        None

12        None

   
13(a)(i)  Computations  of Average  Annual  Total  Returns  for each  Division
          available  under  Contract  Form  No.  93011  for the  Period  Ended
          December 31, 19946

    (ii)  Computations of Cumulative Total Returns (Without  Surrender Charge)
          for each Division  available  under  Contract Form No.  93011for the
          Period Ended December 31, 19946

   (iii)  Computations of Aggregate  Cumulative Total Return for each Division
          available  under  Contract  Form  No.  93011for  the  Periods  Ended
          December 31, 19946
    

       
   
   (iv)   Computation  of 7 Day Yield for the Global  Money  Division  for the
          Period Ended December 31, 19946

 (b)(i)   Computations of hypothetical  historical standardized average annual
          total returns for the Global Money Fund  Division,  available  under
          Contract Form No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011 for the one year
          period ended December 31, 1996

   (ii)   Computations  of  hypothetical  historical   non-standardized  total
          returns for the Global Money Fund Division, available under Contract
          Form No. 97010 and  Contract  Form No. 97011 for the one year period
          ended December 31, 1996, and since inception

  (iii)   Computations of hypothetical historical  non-standardized cumulative
          total returns for the Global Money Fund  Division,  available  under
          Contract Form No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011 for the one year
          period ended December 31, 1996, and since inception

   (iv)   Computations  of  hypothetical   historical   seven  day  yield  and
          effective yield for the Global Money Fund Division,  available under
          Contract  Form No. 97010 and  Contract  Form No. 97011 for the seven
          day period ended December 31, 1996

14        A Financial Data Schedule for the Sierra Advantage Divisions meeting
          the  requirements  of Rule 483(e) of the  Securities  Act of 1933 is
          being filed as Exhibit 27 hereof (To be filed by Amendment)
    

                                      C-4

<PAGE>

15(a)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  their
          capacities as directors and, where applicable,  officers of American
          General Life Insurance Company: Messrs. Devlin, Rashid, and Luther6

  (b)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments thereto signed by Robert S. Cauthen,  Jr. in his capacity
          as a  director  and  officer  of  American  General  Life  Insurance
          Company6

  (c)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments  thereto  signed by James R. Tuerff in his  capacity as a
          director of American General Life Insurance  Company,  filed as part
          of  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to this  Form N-4  Registration
          Statement on October 18, 19935

  (d)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments  thereto  signed by Peter V. Tuters in his  capacity as a
          director or officer of American General Life Insurance Company6

  (e)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  their
          capacities as directors and, where applicable,  officers of American
          General Life Insurance Company: Messrs. Kelley, Pulliam, and Young6

  (f)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  their
          capacities as directors and, where applicable,  officers of American
          General Life Insurance Company: Messrs. Atnip and Newton8

   
  (g)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  their
          capacities as directors and, where applicable,  officers of American
          General Life Insurance Company: Messrs. Fravel and LaGrasse.

16        Statement concerning applicable SEC Exemptive Order 9

27        Financial Data Schedule (To be filed by Amendment)
    
 ----------------------

1    Incorporated  herein by reference to the initial  filing of  Registrant's
     Form S-6 Registration Statement (File No. 2-49805),  filed on December 6,
     1973.

2    Incorporated  herein by  reference  to the  initial  filing  of  Separate
     Account D's Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on
     October 16, 1991.

3    Incorporated  herein by reference  to  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to
     Separate Account D's Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390),
     filed on December 31, 1991.

                                      C-5

<PAGE>


4    Previously  filed  in  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No.  1 to this  Form N-4
     Registration Statement (File No. 33- 57730), filed on March 29, 1993.

5    Previously  filed in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1 to this  Form N-4
     Registration Statement (File No. 33-57730), filed on October 18, 1993.

6    Previously  filed in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  3 to this  Form N-4
     Registration Statement (File No. 33-57730), filed on April 28, 1995.

7    Filed as part of Part A of this Amendment.

   
8    Previously  filed in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  4 to this  Form N-4
     Registration Statement (Form No. 33-57730), filed on April 29, 1996.

9    Previously  filed  as  part  of the  initial  filing  of  this  Form  N-4
     Registration Statement (File No. 33-57730), filed on February 1, 1993.

10   Incorporated  herein by reference to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to
     Separate Account D's Registration Statement (File No. 33-43390), filed on
     April 30, 1992.

11   Previously  filed in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  2 to this  Form N-4
     Registration Statement ( File No. 33-57730), filed on April 29, 1994.
    

ITEM 25.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

     The directors,  executive  officers,  and, to the extent  responsible for
     variable annuity  operations,  other officers of the depositor are listed
     below.

                                                   POSITIONS AND OFFICES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                       WITH THE
 BUSINESS ADDRESS                                        DEPOSITOR

Harold S. Hook                                     Senior Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

Robert M. Devlin                                   Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

   
Jon P. Newton                                      Vice Chairman
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019
    

                                      C-6

<PAGE>

   
Rodney O. Martin, Jr.                              Director, President & Chief
2727-A Allen Parkway                               Executive Officer
    
Houston, TX  77019

Michael G. Atnip                                   Director
2929 Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

David A. Fravel                                    Director & Senior Vice
2727-A Allen Parkway                               President, Insurance
Houston, TX. 77019                                 Operations

Robert F. Herbert, Jr.                             Director, Senior Vice
2727-A Allen Parkway                               President Chief Financial
Houston, TX 77019                                  Officer, Treasurer &
                                                   Controller
   
John V. LaGrasse                                   Director, Senior Vice
2727-A Allen Parkway                               President & Chief Systems
Houston, TX 77019                                  Officer
    

Bill B. Luther                                     Director & Senior Vice
2727-A Allen Parkway                               President, Administration
Houston, TX 77019
       
   
Peter V. Tuters                                    Director, Vice President &
2929 Allen Parkway                                 Chief Investment Officer
Houston, TX  77019
    
   
Philip K. Polkingorn                               Senior Vice President &
2727-A Allen Parkway                               Chief Marketing Officer
Houston, TX 77019
    
                                      C-7

<PAGE>

       
   
Wayne A. Barnard                                   Vice President & Chief
2727-A Allen Parkway                               Actuary
Houston, TX  77019
    

Thomas B. Phillips                                 Vice President, General
2727-A Allen Parkway                               Counsel & Secretary
Houston, TX 77019
       
   
Dennis H. Roberts                                  Vice President
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019

Timothy W. Still                                   Vice President
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019
    

Steven A. Glover                                   Associate General Counsel &
2727-A Allen Parkway                               Assistant Secretary
Houston, TX 77019

Joyce R. Bilski                                    Administrative Officer
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019

   
Farideh Farrokhi                                   Assistant Controller
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX  77019

Kenneth D. Nunley                                  Associate Tax Officer
2727-A Allen Parkway
Houston, TX 77019
    

ITEM 26.  PERSONS  CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT
   
The following is a list of American General  Corporation's  subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1996. All subsidiaries  listed are corporations.  Subsidiaries of
subsidiaries are indicated by indentations and unless otherwise indicated, all
subsidiaries are wholly owned. Inactive subsidiaries are denoted by an (*).
    


                                      C-8

<PAGE>

       

                                      C-9

<PAGE>
       

                                     C-10

<PAGE>
       
       
       
   
                   NAME                                       JURISDICTION OF
                                                               INCORPORATION
AGC Life Insurance Company3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Missouri
  The Franklin Life Insurance Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illinois
    The American Franklin Life Insurance Company  . . . . . . . . Illinois
    Franklin Financial Services Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  American General Life and Accident Insurance Company  . . . . . Tennessee
    American General Exchange, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tennessee
    Southern Educators Life Insurance Company . . . . . . . . . . Georgia
  American General Life Insurance Company
      (Registrant is a separate account of
      American General Life Insurance Company). . . . . . . . . . Texas
    American General Annuity Service Corporation  . . . . . . . . Texas
    American General Life Insurance Company of New York . . . . . New York
    

                                     C-11

<PAGE>

   
    The Winchester Agency Ltd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New York
  American General Securities Incorporated4 . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
    American General Insurance Agency, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . Missouri
    American General Insurance Agency of Hawaii, Inc. . . . . . . Hawaii
    American General Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.. . . Mass.
  The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company . . . . . . . . . . Texas
    The Variable Annuity Marketing Company. . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
    VALIC Investment Services Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
    VALIC Retirement Services Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
  The Independent Life and Accident Insurance Company . . . . . . Florida
    Independent Fire Insurance Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
    Independent Fire Insurance Company of Florida . . . . . . . . Florida
    Old Faithful General Agency, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
    Thomas Jefferson Insurance Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
  Independent Property & Casualty Insurance Company . . . . . . . Florida
Allen Property Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Florida Westchase Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Greatwood Development, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Greatwood Golf Club, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Highland Creek Golf Club, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. Carolina
  Hunter's Creek Communications Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
  Pebble Creek Corporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Pebble Creek Development Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
  Westchase Development Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Westchase Golf Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
American General Capital Services, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
American General Delaware Management Corporation1 . . . . . . . . Delaware
American General Finance, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indiana
  AGF Investment Corp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indiana
  American General Auto Finance, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  American General Finance Corporation5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indiana
    American General Finance Group, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
      American General Financial Services, Inc.6. . . . . . . . . Delaware
        The National Life and Accident Insurance Company. . . . . Texas
    Merit Life Insurance Co.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indiana
    Yosemite Insurance Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . California
  American General Finance, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alabama
  American General Financial Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utah
  American General Financial Center, Inc.*  . . . . . . . . . . . Indiana
  American General Financial Center, Incorporated*. . . . . . . . Indiana
  American General Financial Center Thrift Company* . . . . . . . California
  Thrift, Incorporated* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indiana
American General Realty Investment Corporation. . . . . . . . . . Texas
    

                                     C-12

<PAGE>
   
  American General Mortgage Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Ontario Vineyard Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Pebble Creek Country Club Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
  Pebble Creek Service Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
  SR/HP/CM Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
American General Mortgage and Land Development, Inc . . . . . . . Delaware
  American General Land Development, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  American General Realty Advisors, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
American General Property Insurance Company . . . . . . . . . . . Tennessee
Bayou Property Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  AGLL Corporation7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  American General Land Holding Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
    AG Land Associates, LLC7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . California
    Hunter's Creek Realty, Inc.*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Florida
    Summit Realty Company, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . So. Carolina
  Lincoln American Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
Financial Life Assurance Company of Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . Canada
Florida GL Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
GPC Property Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Cinco Ranch Development Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Cinco Ranch East Development, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Cinco Ranch West Development, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  The Colonies Development, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Fieldstone Farms Development, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Hickory Downs Development, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  Lake Houston Development, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
  South Padre Development, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
Green Hills Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
INFL Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
Knickerbocker Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
  American Athletic Club, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Texas
Pavilions Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware

American General Finance Foundation,  Inc. is not included on this list. It is
a non-profit corporation.

                                     NOTES

1    The following  limited  liability  companies  were formed in the State of
     Delaware on March 28, 1995. The limited  liability  interests of each are
     jointly  owned by AGC and AGDMC and the  business and affairs of each are
     managed by AGDMC:

     American General Capital, L.L.C.
     American General Delaware, L.L.C.
    
                                     C-13

<PAGE>

   
2    On November 26, 1996, American General  Institutional  Capital A ("AG Cap
     Trust"), a Delaware business trust, was created.  AG Cap Trust's business
     and affairs are conducted through its trustees: Bankers Trust Company and
     Bankers Trust (Delaware).  Capital securities of AG Cap Trust are held by
     non-affiliated  third party  investors  and common  securities  of AG Cap
     Trust are held by AGC.
    

3    On December 23, 1994, AGCL became the owner of  approximately  40% of the
     shares of common  stock of  Western  National  Corporation  ("WNC")  (the
     percentage of ownership by the American General insurance holding company
     system will increase to approximately 46% upon conversion of WNC's Series
     A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock which AGCL also  owns).  WNC, a Delaware
     corporation, owns the following companies:

         WNL Holding Corporation
           Western National Life Insurance Company (TX)
             WesternSave (401K Plan)
           Independent Advantage Financial & Insurance Services, Inc.
           WNL Investment Advisory Services, Inc.
           Conseco Annuity Guarantee Corp.
           WNL Brokerage Services, Inc.
           WNL Insurance Services, Inc.

     However,  AGCL (1)  holds the  direct  interest  in WNC and the  indirect
     interests in WNC's  subsidiaries  for investment  purposes;  (2) does not
     direct the  operations of WNC or WNL; (3) has no  representatives  on the
     Board  of  Directors  of  WNC;  and  (4)  is  restricted,  pursuant  to a
     Shareholder's  Agreement  between WNC and AGCL,  in its right to vote its
     shares  against  the  slate  of  directors  proposed  by  WNC's  Board of
     Directors. Accordingly, although WNC and its subsidiaries technically are
     members of the American  General  insurance  holding company system under
     insurance  holding  company laws, AGCL does not direct and control WNC or
     its subsidiaries.

4    The following  companies  are  indirectly  controlled  by, or related to,
     AGSI:

     American General Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.
     American General Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc.
     American General Insurance Agency of Oklahoma, Inc.
     Insurance Masters Agency, Inc.

5    American  General  Finance  Corporation is the parent of an additional 41
     wholly owned  subsidiaries  incorporated  in 26 states for the purpose of
     conducting its consumer finance operations.

6    American General Financial Services,  Inc. is the parent of an additional
     7 wholly owned subsidiaries  incorporated in 4 states and Puerto Rico for
     the purpose of conducting its consumer finance operations.

                                     C-14

<PAGE>

   
7    AG Land  Associates,  LLC is jointly owned by AGLH and AGLL. AGLH holds a
     98.75% managing interest and AGLL owns a 1.25% managing interest.

All of the  subsidiaries  of AGL are  included in its  consolidated  financial
statements, which are filed in Part B of this Registration Statement.
    

ITEM 27. NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

   
As of December  31,  1996 there were 9,712  owners of  Contracts  of the class
covered by this registration statement.
    

ITEM 28. INDEMNIFICATION

Article VII, section 1, of the Company's By-Laws  provides,  in part, that the
Company  shall have power to indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in
the right of the  Company)  by  reason of the fact that such  person is or was
serving at the request of the Company,  against  expenses,  judgments,  fines,
settlements,  and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with such  proceeding  if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person  reasonably  believed to be in the best interest of the Company and, in
the case of a criminal  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  the
conduct of such person was unlawful.

Article VII,  section 1 (in part),  section 2, and section 3, provide that the
Company  shall have power to indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending, or completed action
by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason
of the fact that  such  person  is or was  acting  on  behalf of the  Company,
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
with the defense or  settlement  of such  action if such person  acted in good
faith,  in a manner such person  believed to be in the best  interests  of the
Company,  and with such care,  including  reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily
prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.

No indemnification  shall be made under Article VII, section 1: (a) in respect
of any  claim,  issue,  or  matter as to which  such  person  shall  have been
adjudged to be liable to the  Company,  unless and only to the extent that the
court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application  that,
in view of all the  circumstances  of the case,  such  person  is  fairly  and
reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity  for the  expenses  which such court shall
determine;  (b) of  amounts  paid in  settling  or  otherwise  disposing  of a
threatened or pending action with or without court approval; or (c) of expense
incurred  in  defending a  threatened  or pending  action  which is settled or
otherwise disposed of without court approval.

                                     C-15

<PAGE>

Article  VII,  section  3,  provides  that,  with  certain   exceptions,   any
indemnification  under  Article  VII  shall  be  made by the  Company  only if
authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that  indemnification of
the  person is proper in the  circumstances  because  the  person  has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in section 1 of Article VII by; (a) a
majority vote of a quorum  consisting of directors who are not parties to such
proceeding;  (b)  approval of the  shareholders,  with the shares owned by the
person to be indemnified not being entitled to vote thereon;  or (c) the court
in which  such  proceeding  is or was  pending  upon  application  made by the
Company or the indemnified  person or the attorney or other persons  rendering
services in connection  with the defense,  whether or not such  application by
the attorney or indemnified person is opposed by the Company.

Article VII,  section 7,  provides  that for  purposes of Article  VII,  those
persons  subject  to  indemnification  include  any  person  who  is or  was a
director,  officer,  or employee of the  Company,  or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director,  officer, or employee of another foreign
or domestic corporation which was a predecessor  corporation of the Company or
of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

   
                            CONTRACT FORM NO. 93011

Section  12 of the  Trust  Participation  Agreement  that is filed as  Exhibit
3(c)(i) to this Registration  Statement is hereby incorporated by reference in
response to this item.  Section  12.1 thereof  provides  that the Company will
indemnify  The Sierra  Variable  Trust  (the  "Trust")  and Sierra  Investment
Services  Corporation  (the  "Distributor")  and  their  directors,  trustees,
officers   and   controlling   persons  from  losses  and  costs  due  to  any
misstatements  or  omissions  of  material  facts  for which  the  Company  is
responsible  in  this  Registration  Statement  or  otherwise  or  due  to the
Company's  failure  to meet its  obligations  under  the  Trust  Participation
Agreement.  Section 12.2 thereof  provides that the Distributor will indemnify
the Trust, the Company,  American General Securities Incorporated ("AGSI") and
their officers,  trustees,  employees and controlling  persons from losses and
costs due to any  misstatements  or omissions of material  facts for which the
Distributor or its affiliates are responsible in this  Registration  Statement
or otherwise or as a result of any failure by the Trust or the  Distributor to
meet its obligations under the Trust Participation Agreement.

Section 5 of the Selling  Agreement  that is filed as Exhibit  3(b)(i) to this
Registration Statement is hereby incorporated by reference in response to this
item.  Paragraphs  5.1 and 5.4 thereof  provide that the Company and AGSI will
indemnify  the  Distributor  and  any  other  broker-dealer  appointed  by the
Distributor  to  sell  the  Contracts,  and  their  officers,   directors  and
controlling  persons  from  losses  and  costs  due  to any  misstatements  or
omissions of material  facts for which the Company or AGSI is  responsible  in
this  Registration  Statement or due to any  negligent,  illegal or fraudulent
acts  of the  Company  or  AGSI.  Paragraphs  5.2  and 5.3  provide  that  the
Distributor will indemnify the Company and AGSI, and their officers, directors
and  controlling  persons  from losses and costs due to any  misstatements  or
omissions of material  facts for which the  Distributor  or its affiliates are
responsible in this Registration  Statement,  or as a result of any negligent,
illegal or fraudulent acts or omissions by the Distributor.

The Agreement filed as Exhibit 3(d) to this  Registration  Statement is hereby
incorporated  by  reference  in  response  to  this  item.  Pursuant  to  that
Agreement, the Distributor and Sierra Investment Advisors Corporation ("SIAC")
agree to indemnify  the Company and AGSI with respect to  liabilities  arising
out  of  the  negligence  or  bad  faith  of  the  Distributor,  SIAC  or  any
sub-investment  adviser to the Trust in performing  their  obligations  to the
Trust,  including the obligations of SIAC and the sub- investment  advisers to
operate the Trust in compliance  with  Sub-Chapter M and Section 817(h) of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The  Distributor  and the Adviser
also agree to
    

                                     C-16

<PAGE>

indemnify the Company and AGSI for 50% of any other  liabilities or costs that
they incur as a result of any failure of the Trust to comply with  Sub-Chapter
M or Section 817(h) that does not result from such negligence or bad faith.

The  Distribution  Agreement  filed as Exhibit  3(a)(i)  to this  Registration
Statement is hereby  incorporated by reference in response to this item. Under
part EIGHTH of that  agreement,  the  Company  agrees to  indemnify  AGSI from
liabilities  and costs that it may incur as a result of any  misstatements  or
omissions of material  facts in this  Registration  Statement or otherwise for
which the Company is  responsible;  and AGSI agrees to  indemnify  the Company
against  costs and  liabilities  that the Company may incur as a result of any
act of an employee of AGSI.

   
              CONTRACT FORM NO. 97010 AND CONTRACT FORM NO. 97011
                          (To Be Filed by Amendment)
    

Insofar as  indemnification  for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a  claim  for  indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred  or  paid  by a  director,  officer  or  controlling  person  of  the
Registrant in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding) is
asserted by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection  with
the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
it is against  public  policy as  expressed in the Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

     (a)  Registrant's  principal  underwriter,  American  General  Securities
          Incorporated,  also  acts  as  principal  underwriter  for  American
          General Life  Insurance  Company of New York Separate  Account E and
          American General Life Insurance Company Separate Account A.

     (b)  The directors and  principal  officers of the principal  underwriter
          are:

          NAME AND PRINCIPAL             POSITION AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER,
          BUSINESS ADDRESS                  GENERAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

       
          F. Paul Kovach, Jr.            Director & President
          American General Securities
          Incorporated
          2727 Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX 77019

                                     C-17

<PAGE>

       
          Robert F. Herbert              Director & Associate Tax Officer
          American General Life
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, Texas 77019

   
          John V. LaGrasse               Director & Vice President
          American General Life
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX 77019
    

          Bill B. Luther                 Director & Vice President
          American General Life
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX 77019

          Thomas B. Phillips             Director & Secretary
          American General Life
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX  77019

   
          Rodney O. Martin, Jr.          Director
          American General Life
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX 77019
    

          Fred G. Fram                   Vice President
          American General Securities
          Incorporated
          2727 Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX  77019

          Steven A. Glover               Assistant Secretary
          American General Life
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX  77019


          Carole D. Hlozek               Administrative Officer
          American General Securities
          Incorporated
          2727 Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX  77019

          J. Andrew Kalbaugh             Administrative Officer
          American General Securities
          Incorporated

                                     C-18

<PAGE>

          2727 Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX  77019

   
          Kenneth D. Nunley              Associate Tax Officer
          2727-A Allen Parkway
          Houston, TX 77019
    

     (c)  None.

ITEM 30. LOCATION OF RECORDS

All records  referenced  under  Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1
through  31a-3  thereunder,  are  maintained  and in the  custody of  American
General Life Insurance  Company at its principal  executive  office located at
2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, TX 77019.

ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

None.

ITEM 32. UNDERTAKINGS

The  Registrant  undertakes:  A) to file a  post-effective  amendment  to this
registration  as  frequently  as is  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  audited
financial  statements  in the  Registration  Statement  are never more than 16
months old for so long as payments under the Contracts may be accepted;  B) to
include either (1) as part of any  application to purchase a Contract  offered
by these  prospectuses,  a space  that an  applicant  can  check to  request a
Statement of Additional Information  ("Statement"),  or (2) a toll-free number
or a post card or similar written  communication affixed to or included in the
applicable prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of
Additional  Information   ("Statement");   C)  to  deliver  any  Statement  of
Additional Information  ("Statement") and any financial statements required to
be made available under this form promptly upon written or oral request.

   
REPRESENTATION REGARDING REASONABLENESS OF AGGREGATE FEES AND CHARGES DEDUCTED
UNDER THE CONTRACTS PURSUANT TO SECTION  26(C)(2)(A) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY
ACT OF 1940

AGL represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Contracts that are
identified  as  Contract  Form No.  97010  and  Contract  Form No.  97011  and
described in this Registration Statement, in the aggregate,  are reasonable in
relation to the services rendered,  the expenses expected to be incurred,  and
the risks assumed by AGL under the Contracts.  AGL bases its representation on
its assessment of all of the facts and circumstances,  including such relevant
factors as: the nature and extent of such  services,  expenses and risks;  the
need for AGL to earn a  profit;  the  degree to which  the  Contracts  include
innovative  features;  and the regulatory standards for the grant of exemptive
relief under the Investment
    

                                     C-19

<PAGE>

   
Company  Act of 1940  used  prior to  October  1996,  including  the  range of
industry practice.
    

                                     C-20

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES
   
     As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment  Company Act
of 1940, the  Registrant,  American  General Life Insurance  Company  Separate
Account D,  certifies  that it meets the  requirements  of Securities Act Rule
485(a), for effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration  Statement and
has duly caused this Amendment to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on
its  behalf,  in the City of  Houston,  and State of Texas on this 12th day of
February, 1997.
    

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE               AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
  COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT D                               COMPANY
        (Registrant)                                     (Depositor)

By:/s/ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.                  By:/s/ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.
   -------------------------                     -------------------------
   ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.                        ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.
   Senior Vice President of                      Senior Vice President
   American General Life
   Insurance Company

     As  required  by  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this  Amendment  to the
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by the  following  persons  in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

       SIGNATURE                      TITLE                      DATE

   
 RODNEY O. MARTIN, JR.*        Principal Executive        February 12, 1997
 -----------------------             Officer
 (Rodney O. Martin, Jr.)

 ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR.*     Principal Financial and      February 12, 1997
 -----------------------        Accounting Officer
 (Robert F. Herbert, Jr)
    

                                   DIRECTORS

                                                   ROBERT F. HERBERT, JR*
 -----------------------                           -----------------------
 (Harold S. Hook)                                  (Robert F. Herbert, Jr)

 RODNEY O. MARTIN, JR.*                            JOHN V. LAGRASSE*
 -----------------------                           -----------------------
 (Rodney O. Martin, Jr.)                           (John V. LaGrasse)

 MICHAEL G. ATNIP*                                 BILL B. LUTHER*
 -----------------------                           -----------------------
 (Michael G. Atnip)                                (Bill B. Luther)

 ROBERT M. DEVLIN*                                 JON P. NEWTON*
 -----------------------                           -----------------------
 (Robert M. Devlin)                                (Jon P. Newton)

 DAVID A. FRAVEL*                                  PETER V. TUTERS*
 -----------------------                           -----------------------
 (David A. Fravel)                                 (Peter V. Tuters)

   
 /s/STEVEN A. GLOVER                                   February 12, 1997
 --------------------------------------
    
 *By Steven A. Glover, Attorney-in-Fact

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

       
   
4 (f)(i)  Specimen form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
          (Form No.97010)

    (ii)  Specimen form of  Combination  Fixed and Variable  Annuity  Contract
          (Form No.97011)

   (iii)  Specimen form of Waiver of Surrender  Charge Rider for Contract Form
          No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011

5 (a)(v)  Specimen  form of  Application  for  Contract  Form  No.  97010  and
          Contract Form No. 97011

13(b)(i)  Computations of hypothetical  historical standardized average annual
          total returns for the Global Money Fund  Division,  available  under
          Contract Form No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011 for the one year
          period ended December 31, 1996

    (ii)  Computations  of  hypothetical  historical   non-standardized  total
          returns for the Global Money Fund Division, available under Contract
          Form No. 97010 and  Contract  Form No. 97011 for the one year period
          ended December 31, 1996, and since inception

   (iii)  Computations of hypothetical historical  non-standardized cumulative
          total returns for the Global Money Fund  Division,  available  under
          Contract Form No. 97010 and Contract Form No. 97011 for the one year
          period ended December 31, 1996, and since inception

    (iv)  Computations  of  hypothetical   historical   seven  day  yield  and
          effective yield for the Global Money Fund Division,  available under
          Contract  Form No. 97010 and  Contract  Form No. 97011 for the seven
          day period ended December 31, 1996

15(g)     Power of  Attorney  with  respect  to  Registration  Statements  and
          Amendments   thereto  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  their
          capacities as directors and, where applicable,  officers of American
          General Life Insurance Company: Messrs. Fravel and LaGrasse.

    

                                     C-21

                                                               EXHIBIT 4(f)(i)

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/                                             /s/
 ---------------------                           -----------------------
 Secretary                                       President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                            [American General Logo]
                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 ---------------------------------------------
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation
                 ---------------------------------------------
                          Home Office: Houston, Texas
2727-A Allen Parkway    P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401  (713) 831-3505

<PAGE>

                                     INDEX
                                                                          PAGE

Account Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

Allocation of Purchase Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

Annuity Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Annuity Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Annuity Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Beneficiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

Change of Investment Advisor or
     Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

Contingent Annuitant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

Contract Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Death Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

Division Accumulation Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Divisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Fixed Account Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

General Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

Guaranteed Interest Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Guarantee Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Net Investment Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege. . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Ownership Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

Payment of Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Premium Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

Purchase Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

Schedule Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Surrenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Full Surrender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Partial Withdrawals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Surrender Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Surrender Charge Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Tax Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Transfers .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Variable Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

                                    Page 2

<PAGE>

                             [Sierra Advantage II]
                                   issued by
                    American General Life Insurance Company

                                 SCHEDULE PAGE

INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                               $5,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS:                                    $ 100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                      NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only) ANNUAL RATE:        1.40%

MAXIMUM ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                             $  35

TRANSFER CHARGE (After first 12 in a Contract Year):                     $  25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                  35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                     JANUARY 1, 2027

[INITIAL ALLOCATION:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NET DOLLAR
                                                                   AMOUNT OF
                                                 PERCENTAGE        ALLOCATIONS
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>
Capital Growth Portfolio                            100%            $  5,000
Growth Portfolio                                     xx%            $    xxx
Balanced Portfolio                                   xx%            $    xxx
Value Portfolio                                      xx%            $    xxx
Income Portfolio                                     xx%            $    xxx
Global Money Fund                                    xx%            $    xxx
Fixed Account
     1 Year Guarantee Period                         xx%            $    xxx
     DCA Fixed Account                               xx%            $    xxx
                                                    ----            --------
TOTAL ALLOCATIONS                                   100%            $ 5,000]
</TABLE>

ANNUITANT:             JOHN DOE              CONTRACT NUMBER: 123456

CONTRACT OWNER:        JOHN DOE              DATE OF ISSUE:   JANUARY 1, 1997

CONTRACT JURISDICTION: (STATE NAME)

                                    Page 3

<PAGE>
                                  DEFINITIONS

"WE", "OUR", "US", OR "COMPANY". American General Life Insurance Company.

YOU,  YOUR,  OWNER.  The Owner of this  Contract.  The  "Owner" is the person,
persons or entity  entitled to the ownership  rights stated in this  Contract.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  or Section 408(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement
plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the  organization
entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

Account  Value.  The sum of the Fixed Account  Value and the Separate  Account
Value after  deduction of any fees.  The Fixed Account Value is the sum of Net
Purchase  Payments and  transfers  into the Fixed  Account,  plus  accumulated
interest, less any partial withdrawals and transfers out of the Fixed Account.
The Separate  Account  Value is the sum of the values of the Separate  Account
Divisions.  The  value  of a  Separate  Account  Division  is the  value  of a
Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by the number of Accumulation Units in
that Division.

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  The  period  during  which Net  Purchase  Payments  are
applied.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

AGE. Age last birthday unless otherwise stated.

ANNUITANT.  The person upon whose date of birth income payments are based. The
Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY. The person entitled to receive benefits in the event the Owner or
Annuitant  dies. If no named  Beneficiary is living at the time any payment is
to be made, the Owner shall be the Beneficiary, or if the Owner is not living,
the Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT.  A person named by the Owner of a Non-Qualified contract
to become  the  Annuitant  if:  (1) the  Annuitant  dies  before  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date;  and (2)  the  Contingent  Annuitant  is  then  living.  A
Contingent Annuitant may not be named except at the time of application.  Once
named,  the choice may not be revoked or replaced.  If a Contingent  Annuitant
dies, a new  Contingent  Annuitant may not be named.  After  Annuity  Payments
start, a Contingent Annuitant may not become the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A person named by the Owner to receive benefits in the
event a  designated  Beneficiary  is not living at the time of the  Owner's or
Annuitant's death.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Owner's Account is allocated among the Variable Funds.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD.  The  period  for  which  a  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  is
credited.

                                    Page 4

<PAGE>

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3505; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

ISSUE  AGE.  Age last  birthday  on the Date of  Issue.  (If the Date of Issue
occurs on the  Annuitant's  birthday,  "last  birthday" will mean the birthday
occurring on the Date of Issue).

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE.  The net assets of a Variable  Fund  divided by the
number of shares in the Variable Fund.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment  applicable in connection with certain retirement
plans.


OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period, starting with the Annuity Commencement Date, during
which Annuity Payments are made by the Company.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
Purchase Payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

UNIT  VALUE.  The value  of:  (1) an  Accumulation  Unit as  described  in the
"Division  Accumulation Units" provision;  or (2) an Annuity Unit as described
in the "Annuity Units" provision.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE  FUND.  An individual  investment  fund or series in which a Division
invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content,  which is signed and dated,  and received at our Home  Office.  97010

                                    Page 5

<PAGE>

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT          This Contract, endorsements if any, and a copy of the
                         Application, if attached, is the entire Contract. All
                         statements  made by the  Contract  Owner or Annuitant
                         will be deemed representations and not warranties. No
                         statement  will be used to reduce a claim  under this
                         Contract  unless it is in writing  and made a part of
                         this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE          This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES               Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of
                         this Contract, we guarantee that the dollar amount of
                         Variable Annuity Payments made during the lifetime of
                         the Payee(s)  will not be  adversely  affected by our
                         actual mortality experience or by the actual expenses
                         incurred  by us in excess of the  expense  deductions
                         provided  for  in  this   Contract.   Settlement  All
                         benefits  under this  Contract  are payable  from our
                         Home Office.

NONPARTICIPATING         This Contract is nonparticipating  and does not share
                         in our surplus or earnings.
 

CHANGE OF INVESTMENT     Unless otherwise  required by law or regulation,  the
ADVISOR OR INVESTMENT    investment  advisor or any investment  policy may not
POLICY                   be changed without our consent. If required, approval
                         of or  change  of any  investment  objective  will be
                         filed  with the  Insurance  Department  of the  state
                         where  this  Contract  is  delivered.   You  will  be
                         notified of any  material  investment  policy  change
                         which   has  been   approved.   Notification   of  an
                         investment  policy change will be given in advance to
                         those Owners who have the right to comment on or vote
                         on such change.

                         Any substitution of the underlying investments of any
                         Division will comply with all applicable requirements
                         of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
                         thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED          Upon notice to you,  this Contract may be modified by
BY US                    us, but only if such modification is necessary to:

                         (1) Operate   the   Separate   Account  in  any  form
                             permitted  under the  Investment  Company  Act of
                             1940 or in any other form permit- ted by law;

                         (2) Transfer  any assets in any  Division  to another
                             Division,  or  to  one  or  more  other  separate
                             accounts, or to the Fixed Account;

                         (3) Add, combine or remo ve Divisions in the Separate
                             Account,  or combine the  Separate  Account  with
                             another separate account;

                         (4) Add,  restrict or remove Guarantee Periods of the
                             Fixed Account;

                         (5) Make any new Division available to you on a basis
                             to be determined by us;


                         (6) Substitute  for the shares held in any  Division,
                             the shares of another Variable Fund or the shares
                             of  another   investment  company  or  any  other
                             investment permitted by law;

                         (7) Make any  changes  as  required  by the  Internal
                             Revenue  Code  or by any  other  applicable  law,
                             regulation or interpretation in order to continue
                             treatment of this Contract as an annuity; or

                         (8) Make any changes required to comply with rules of
                             any Variable Fund.

                                    Page 6

<PAGE>

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.
 
CHANGING THE TERMS       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
OF YOUR CONTRACT         of our  officers.  No agent has the authority to make
                         any  changes  or  waive  any of  the  terms  of  your
                         Contract.


TERMINATION              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the value of any Separate Account Division (except
                         the Global  Money Fund) falls below $500,  we reserve
                         the right to transfer the remaining balance,  without
                         charge, to the Global Money Fund.


                               PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

ALLOCATION OF            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
PURCHASE PAYMENTS        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.
  

PREMIUM TAXES            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or


                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.

                                    Page 7

<PAGE>

If premium tax is paid,  the Company  may  reimburse  itself for such tax when
deduction  is being  made  under  paragraphs  2, 3, or 4 above  calculated  by
multiplying  the sum of Purchase  Payments  being  withdrawn by the applicable
premium tax percentage.
                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS
  
EXERCISE OF CONTRACT     This Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is entitled
                         to  exercise  all  Rights  rights and  privileges  in
                         connection  with this  Contract.  Where a Contract is
                         jointly  owned,  both Owners must join in any request
                         to exercise the rights or privileges of an Owner.

                         In  any  case,  such  rights  and  privileges  can be
                         exercised  without  the  consent  of the  Beneficiary
                         (other than an irrevocably designated Beneficiary) or
                         any other person.  Such rights and  privileges may be
                         exercised  only during the lifetime of the  Annuitant
                         and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, except as
                         otherwise provided in this Contract.

                         Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant
                         will  become  the Payee on the  Annuity  Commencement
                         Date.  If the  Owner  or  the  Annuitant  (without  a
                         surviving  Contingent  Annuitant)  dies  prior to the
                         Annuity   Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will
                         become the Payee. Such Payees may thereafter exercise
                         such  rights  and   privileges  of  ownership   which
                         continue.
 
BENEFICIARY              The Owner named the  Beneficiary  and any  Contingent
                         Beneficiary  when  applying  for  this  Contract.  By
                         Written notice to us, a  non-irrevocable  Beneficiary
                         or Contingent Beneficiary may be changed by the Owner
                         prior  to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  or by the
                         Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  Payee after
                         the Annuity Commencement Date.

CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP      Ownership   of  a  Qualified   Contract  may  not  be
                         transferred  except  to:  (1)  the  Annuitant;  (2) a
                         trustee or  successor  trustee of a pension or profit
                         sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of
                         the Internal  Revenue  Code;  (3) the employer of the
                         Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after
                         transfer   is   maintained   under  the  terms  of  a
                         retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the
                         Internal   Revenue   Code  for  the  benefit  of  the
                         Annuitant;   (4)  the   trustee   of  an   individual
                         retirement  account plan qualified  under Section 408
                         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code;  or (5) as otherwise
                         permitted  from time to time by laws and  regulations
                         governing  the  retirement  or deferred  compensation
                         plans for which a Qualified  Contract  may be issued.
                         In no other case may a  Qualified  Contract  be sold,
                         assigned,  transferred,   discounted  or  pledged  as
                         collateral.

                         During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the
                         Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the
                         ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                         A change of  ownership  will not be  binding  upon us
                         until we  receive  Written  notification  at our Home
                         Office.  When such  notification is so received,  the
                         change will be effective as of the date of the signed
                         request  for  change,  but the change will be without
                         prejudice  to us on account of any payment  made,  or
                         any action taken by us prior to receiving the change,
                         or on account of any tax consequence.

                                    Page 8

<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION OF          If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
DEATH PROCEEDS           of  joint  Contract  owners)  under  a  Non-Qualified
UNDER NON-QUALIFIED      Contract  dies prior to the  Annuitant and before the
CONTRACTS                Annuity Commencement Date, the death proceeds must be
                         distributed to the Beneficiary either (1) within five
                         years  after the date of death of the  Owner,  or (2)
                         over  the life of or a period  not  greater  than the
                         life  or  expected  life  of  the  Beneficiary,  with
                         annuity payments  beginning within one year after the
                         date of death of the Owner. The Beneficiary  shall be
                         considered   the  designated   beneficiary   for  the
                         purposes  of Section  72(s) of the  Internal  Revenue
                         Code. In all cases,  any such designated  beneficiary
                         will  not  be  entitled   to   exercise   any  rights
                         prohibited by applicable federal income tax law.

                         These mandatory  distribution  requirements  will not
                         apply when the  designated  Beneficiary is the spouse
                         of the  deceased  Owner,  if  the  spouse  elects  to
                         continue  this  Contract in the spouse's own name, as
                         Owner.   When  the   deceased   Owner  was  also  the
                         Annuitant,  the  surviving  spouse (if the  surviving
                         spouse is the designated Beneficiary) may elect to be
                         named as both Owner and  Annuitant  and continue this
                         Contract.

                         If the  Payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies
                         after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all of
                         the  payments  under  the  Annuity  Option  have been
                         distributed,  the remaining  amount payable,  if any,
                         must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                         method of distribution then in effect.

                         If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date,
                         or the Payee  thereafter,  is not a  natural  person,
                         then the foregoing  distribution  requirements  shall
                         apply upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within
                         the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.


PERIODIC  REPORTS        We will send to each Owner, at least once during each
                         Contract  Year,  a  statement   showing  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value as of a date not more than two  months
                         prior to the date of mailing.  We will also send such
                         statements as may be required by applicable state and
                         federal laws, rules and regulations.

OWNER'S  ACCOUNT         We will  establish  an Owner's  Account for the Owner
                         under this  Contract and will  maintain  such account
                         during the Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's Account
                         Value for any  Valuation  Period will be equal to the
                         Owner's  Separate  Account  Value,  if any,  plus the
                         Owner's  Fixed  Account  Value,   if  any,  for  that
                         Valuation Period.

                                 FIXED ACCOUNT

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE      That  portion  of a Net  Purchase  Payment  which  is
                         allocated  to the Fixed  Account  will be credited to
                         the Owner's  Account and  allocated to the  Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected.  The Fixed  Account  Value of an
                         Owner's Account for any Valuation  Period is equal to
                         the  sum of  the  values  in  each  of the  Guarantee
                         Periods  credited  to the  Owner's  account  for such
                         Valuation Period.

                         The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation
                         Date is the  accumulated  value  of the Net  Purchase
                         Payments,  renewals  or  transfers  allocated  to the
                         Guarantee  Period at the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,
                         minus  the   accumulated   value  of  surrenders  and
                         transfers out of that  Guarantee  Period and Contract
                         Fee  allocated  to  that  Guarantee  Period,  at  the
                         Guaranteed Interest Rate.

                                    Page 9

<PAGE>

GUARANTEE PERIODS        There  will  always  be at least  one  Fixed  Account
                         Guarantee  Period.  At  any  given  time,  additional
                         Guarantee  Periods may be available  for selection by
                         the  Owner.  Subject to  availability,  the Owner may
                         select one or more Guarantee Period(s). The Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected  will  determine  the  Guaranteed
                         Interest  Rates(s).  The Net Purchase  Payment or the
                         portion thereof (or amount  transferred in accordance
                         with  the  transfer  privilege   provision  described
                         below)  allocated  to a particular  Guarantee  Period
                         will earn  interest at the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate
                         during the Guarantee Period.  Guarantee Periods begin
                         on the date as of which we credit the Owner's Account
                         Value to that  Guarantee  Period or, in the case of a
                         transfer, on the effective date of the transfer.  The
                         Guarantee Period is the number of years we credit the
                         Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration date of any
                         Guarantee  Period  is the last  day of the  Guarantee
                         Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods  begin on the
                         first day following the expiration  date. As a result
                         of Guarantee  Period  renewals,  additional  Purchase
                         Payments  and  transfers  of  portions of the Owner's
                         Account Value, Guarantee Periods of the same duration
                         may have  different  expiration  dates and Guaranteed
                         Interest Rates.

                         We will  notify  the Owner in writing at least 30 and
                         no more than 60 days prior to the expiration  date of
                         any Guarantee  Period.  A new Guarantee Period of the
                         same duration as the previous  Guarantee  Period will
                         begin automatically  unless we receive Written notice
                         to the  contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation
                         Dates prior to the end of such Guarantee Period.  The
                         Owner may elect to change to another Guarantee Period
                         or Division which we offer at such time.

                         If  the  amount  of an  Owner's  Account  Value  in a
                         Guarantee Period is less than $500 at the end of such
                         Guarantee  Period,  we reserve  the right to transfer
                         such amount, without charge, to the Global Money Fund
                         of the Separate  Account.  However,  we will transfer
                         such  amount to  another  available  Division  at the
                         Owner's request.

GUARANTEED INTEREST      We will  periodically  establish an  applicable  Rate
RATES                    Guaranteed  Interest  for each  Guarantee  Period  we
                         offer.   These  rates  will  be  guaranteed  for  the
                         duration of the  respective  Guarantee  Periods.  The
                         Guarantee  Periods that we make available at any time
                         will be determined in our  discretion.  No Guaranteed
                         Interest Rate shall be less than an effective  annual
                         rate of 3.0% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

DIVISIONS                The  Separate  Account  has several  Divisions,  each
                         investing  in  a  corresponding  Variable  Fund.  Net
                         Purchase  Payments will be allocated to the Divisions
                         and the Fixed  Account as shown on Page 3, unless the
                         Owner changes the allocation.


                         We  will  use  the  Net  Purchase  Payments  and  any
                         transferred  amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares
                         applicable to the Divisions at their net asset value.
                         We will be the  owner  of all  Variable  Fund  shares
                         purchased   with  the  Net   Purchase   Payments   or
                         transferred amounts. 97010

                                    Page 10

<PAGE>

DIVISION                 Net  Purchase   Payments  and   transferred   amounts
ACCUMULATION             allocated to the Separate Account will be credited to
UNITS                    the   Owner's   Account  in  the  form  of   Division
                         Accumulation    Units.   The   number   of   Division
                         Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the
                         amount  allocated  to  a  Division  by  the  Division
                         Accumulation   Unit  value  as  of  the  end  of  the
                         Valuation  Period  as of  which  the  transaction  is
                         credited.  The  value of each  Division  Accumulation
                         Unit was  arbitrarily set as of the date the Division
                         first  purchased  Variable  Fund  shares.  Subsequent
                         values  on  any  Valuation  Date  are  equal  to  the
                         previous  Division  Accumulation Unit value times the
                         Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period ending
                         on that Valuation Date.

NET INVESTMENT           The Net  Investment  Factor  is an index  applied  to
FACTOR                   measure the investment performance of a Division from
                         one Valuation  Period to the next. The Net Investment
                         Factor  may be  greater or less than or equal to one;
                         therefore,  the  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit may
                         increase,  decrease  or  remain  the  same.  

                         The  Net   Investment   Factor  for  a  Division   is
                         determined   by  dividing   (1)  by  (2),   and  then
                         subtracting (3) from the result, where:

                         (1) Is the sum of:


                             (a)  The  Net  Asset   Value  Per  Share  of  the
                                  Variable  Fund shares held in the  Division,
                                  determined   at  the  end  of  the   current
                                  Valuation Period; plus

                             (b)  The per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or
                                  capital  gain  distribu-  tions  made on the
                                  Variable  Fund shares  held in the  Division
                                  during the current Valuation Period;  

                         (2) Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the  Variable
                             Fund shares held in the  Division,  determined at
                             the  beginning of the current  Valuation  Period;
                             and

                         (3) Is a  factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
                             expense  risk,  and  admin-   istrative   expense
                             charge.  We will determine the daily asset charge
                             factor  annually,  but in no event  may it exceed
                             the Maximum  Asset Charge  Factor as specified on
                             Page 3.  


SEPARATE  ACCOUNT        The Separate  Account for any Valuation Period is the
                         total of the Value values in each  Division  credited
                         to the Owner's Account for such Valuation Period. The
                         value for each Division will be equal to:

                         (1) The  number  of  Division   Accumulation   Units;
                             multiplied by

                         (2) The  Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  for the
                             Valuation Period.

                         The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation
                         Date to Valuation Date  reflecting the total value in
                         the Divisions.

                                    Page 11

<PAGE>

                                   TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS                Transfers   may  be  made  at  any  time  during  the
                         Accumulation Period after the first 30 days following
                         the Date of Issue.  A transfer  will be  effective at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we receive
                         the Owner's Written request for a transfer. Transfers
                         will be subject to the following restrictions:

                         (1) Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner
                             may make up to 12 transfers  each  Contract  Year
                             without charge.

                         (2) There  will  be  a  charge  of  $25.00  for  each
                             transfer in excess of 12 in a Contract Year.

                         (3) Transfers    under    some    asset    management
                             arrangements  approved  by  the  Company  may  be
                             subject  to  the  $25.00  charge  and  may  count
                             towards the 12 free transfers.

                         (4) Not more than 25% of the  Owner's  Account  Value
                             allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its inception
                             may be transferred to the Variable Account during
                             any  Contract  Year.  Transfers  from a Guarantee
                             Period  are made on a first in,  first out basis.
                             The 25% limit does not apply to:

                             (a)  Transfers within 15 days before or after the
                                  end of the applicable Guarantee Period; or

                             (b)  A renewal at the end of a  Guarantee  Period
                                  to the same Guarantee Period.

                         (5) If a transfer  would cause the  Account  Value in
                             any  Division or  Guarantee  Period to fall below
                             $500,  we reserve the right to also  transfer the
                             remaining  balance in that  Division or Guarantee
                             Period in the same  proportions  as the  transfer
                             request.

                         (6) We reserve the right to defer any  transfer  from
                             the Fixed  Account to the Variable  Divisions for
                             up to 6 months.
  
                         We  reserve  the  right  to  restrict  or   terminate
                         transfers.

                         After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may
                         make one  transfer  during any 180 day  period;  such
                         transfer  is without  charge.  The Owner may not make
                         transfers from the fixed annuity account.

                                    Page 12

<PAGE>

                                  SURRENDERS

GENERAL SURRENDER        The amount  surrendered  will normally be paid to the
PROVISIONS               Owner within 5 Valuation  Dates following our receipt
                         of:

                         (1) The Owner's  Written request on a form acceptable
                             to us; and

                         (2) This Contract,  if required. We reserve the right
                             to defer  payment  of  surrenders  from the Fixed
                             Account  for up to 6  months  from  the  date  we
                             receive the request.


FULL  SURRENDER          At any time prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date
                         and during the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  the Owner
                         may  surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written
                         request. The amount payable on surrender is:

                         (1) The  Owner's  Account  Value  at  the  end of the
                             Valuation  Period in which we receive the Owner's
                             request on a form acceptable to us;

                         (2) Minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                         (3) Minus any applicable Contract Fee; and


                         (4) Minus any applicable premium tax.


                         The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less
                         than the amount required by state law.

                         Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract
                         will be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have no
                         further obligation to the Owner.

                         All   collateral   assignees   must  consent  to  any
                         surrender or partial withdrawal.  We may require that
                         this Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to
                         making payment.

PARTIAL  WITHDRAWALS     A  portion  of  the  Owner's  Account  Value  may  be
                         withdrawn   at  any  time   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  The Owner must send us a Written
                         request specifying the Divisions or Guarantee Periods
                         from  which  the  Partial  Withdrawal  is to be made.
                         However,  in  cases  where  the  Owner  does  not  so
                         specify,   or  the  withdrawal   cannot  be  made  in
                         accordance with the Owner's specification, we reserve
                         the right to implement the  withdrawal  pro rata from
                         each  Division  and  Guarantee  Period  based  on the
                         Owner's  Account Value in each.  Partial  Withdrawals
                         will be made  effective  at the end of the  Valuation
                         Period  in  which we  receive  the  Written  request.
                         Partial  Withdrawals will be subject to the following
                         guidelines:

                         (1) The  Partial  Withdrawal  amount must be at least
                             $100 or,  if less,  the  Owner's  entire  Account
                             Value;

                                    Page 13

<PAGE>

                         (2) We will  surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units
                             from  the  Separate  Account  or  interests  in a
                             Guarantee   Period  so  that  the  total   amount
                             withdrawn will be the sum of:

                             (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;

                             (b)  Plus any Surrender Charge and any applicable
                                  premium tax;

                         (3) If a Partial  Withdrawal  would cause the Owner's
                             Account Value in any Division or Guarantee Period
                             (except  the  Global  Money  Fund) to fall  below
                             $500,  we  reserve  the  right  to  transfer  the
                             remaining  balance  without  charge to the Global
                             Money Fund.

                         (4) If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,
                             We may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice
                             to  the  Owner.   Such   cancellAtion   would  be
                             considered a full surrender of this Contract.

SURRENDER                Except as noted under "Surrender Charge  Exceptions,"
CHARGE                   a  Surrender  Charge will be applied to the amount of
FOR PARTIAL              any Purchase  Payment  with- drawn during the first 7
WITHDRAWALS AND          years after it was first credited, as follows:
FULL SURRENDERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SURRENDER CHARGE
                                YEAR OF                 AS A PERCENTAGE
                           PURCHASE PAYMENT               OF PURCHASE
                              WITHDRAWAL               PAYMENT WITHDRAWN
<S>                              <C>                           <C>
                                 1st                           7%
                                 2nd                           6%
                                 3rd                           5%
                                 4th                           5%
                                 5th                           4%
                                 6th                           3%
                                 7th                           2%
                                 Thereafter                    0%
</TABLE>

                         For purposes of computing the Surrender  Charge,  the
                         oldest  Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn
                         first,  and before any  amounts in excess of Purchase
                         Payments are withdrawn from an Owner's  Account.  The
                         following   transactions   will  be   considered   as
                         withdrawals  for purposes of computing  the Surrender
                         Charge:   total   surrender,    partial   withdrawal,
                         commencement   of  an  annuity   payment  option  and
                         termination due to insufficient Owner Account Value.
  

SURRENDER CHARGE         The Surrender Charge will not apply:
EXCEPTIONS
                         (1) To any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments
                             that are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                         (2) To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted
                             by the  10%  Free  Withdrawal  Privilege  if such
                             amounts are required to be withdrawn to obtain or
                             retain  favorable  federal  tax  treatment;  (The
                             granting  of this  exception  is  subject  to our
                             approval);

                         (3) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the Payout Period;

                                    Page 14

<PAGE>

                         (4) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the   Accumulation   Period   if  no   Contingent
                             Annuitant survives;

                         (5) Upon the  death of the  Owner of a  Non-Qualified
                             Contract,  unless the Contract is being continued
                             under the  special  rule for a surviv- ing spouse
                             as defined  under  Internal  Revenue Code Section
                             (72)(s);

                         (6) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option over
                             a period of at least 10 years;

                         (7) Upon selection of an annuity payment option based
                             on life  contingencies  if life  expectancy is at
                             least 10 years.

10% FREE WITHDRAWAL      The  Surrender  Charge does not apply to that portion
                         of each with-  Privilege  drawal or a total surrender
                         in any Contract Year that does not exceed:

                         (1) Ten  Percent  (10%)  of the  amount  of  Purchase
                             Payments not previously  withdrawn that have been
                             credited to this  Contract for at least one year,
                             but not more than 7 years; less

                         (2) The  amount  of  any  previous  withdrawals  made
                             during such Contract Year.

                         For withdrawals  under a systematic  withdrawal plan,
                         Purchase  Payments  credited  for 30 days or more are
                         eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                         If  multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract
                         Year,  the amount  eligible  for the free  withdrawal
                         will be  recalculated  at the  time  of each  Partial
                         Withdrawal.    After   the   first   Contract   Year,
                         non-automatic  and automatic  withdrawals may be made
                         in  the  same   Contract  Year  subject  to  the  10%
                         limitation.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of  computing  the  10%  free  withdrawal  privilege.
                         However the Surrender Charge will never be applied to
                         an amount greater than the Owner's Account Value.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

MANNER OF                An annual  Contract Fee not to exceed  $35.00 will be
DEDUCTING                deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year prior to
                         the Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,
                         the fee will be allocated among the Guarantee Periods
                         and Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  The  entire  fee for the year will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

RIGHT TO                 We reserve the right to impose additional  charges or
IMPOSE                   establish  reserves  for any  federal or local  taxes
                         incurred  or that may be incurred by us, and that may
                         be deemed attributable to the Contracts.



                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

REINSTATEMENT OF         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
ACCOUNT VALUE            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender

                                    Page 15

<PAGE>

                         proceeds,  not more than 30 days after the date as of
                         which the  surrender  was made.  In such a case,  the
                         Owner's Account Value will be restored to what it was
                         at  the  time  of  the  surrender  (less  any  annual
                         Contract  maintenance  charge  that has since  become
                         payable), and any subsequent Surrender Charge will be
                         computed  as if the  Contract  had been issued at the
                         date of  reinstatement in consideration of a Purchase
                         Payment in the amount of such net surrender proceeds.
                         This  one-time  reinstatement  privilege is available
                         only  if the  Owner's  Account  Value  following  the
                         reinstatement  would be at  least  $500.  Unless  the
                         Owner  requests  otherwise  in  Writing,  the Account
                         Value following the  reinstatement  will be allocated
                         among the Divisions and Guarantee Periods in the same
                         proportions as those prior to surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

DEATH PROCEEDS           If the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement
COMMENCEMENT DATE        Date, and is survived by a Contingent Annuitant,  the
BEFORE THE ANNUITY       Contract  will  be  continued   with  the  Contingent
                         Annuitant  being  named the  Annuitant.  If this is a
                         Non-Qualified Contract, this Contract may qualify for
                         continuation   under  the   "Distribution   of  Death
                         Proceeds under  Non-Qualified  Contracts"  provision.
                         Otherwise,  we will  pay the  death  proceeds  to the
                         Beneficiary if one of the following dies prior to the
                         Annuity Commencement Date:

                         (1) The  Annuitant   (provided   that  no  Contingent
                             Annuitant survives); or

                         (2) The Owner of a Non-Qualified  Contract (including
                             the first to die in the case of Joint Owners). If
                             the  Annuitant or such Owner dies,  the amount of
                             the death  proceeds  will be the  greatest of the
                             following  amounts,  less any applicable  Premium
                             Tax:  (1) The sum of all  Net  Purchase  Payments
                             less  any  prior  Partial  Withdrawals;  (2)  The
                             Owner's  Account  Value  as of  the  end  of  the
                             Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the
                             Annuitant's  or such Owner's  death and a Written
                             request  from the  Beneficiary  as to the form of
                             payment; or

                         (3) The Highest  Anniversary  Value prior to the date
                             of death, deter- mined as follows:

                             (a)  We will  calculate the Account Values at the
                                  end   of   each   of   the   past   Contract
                                  Anniversaries that occurred prior to the de-
                                  ceased's 81st birthday;

                             (b)  Each of the Account Values will be increased
                                  by the amount of Net Purchase  Payments made
                                  since the end of such Contract Years;

                                    Page 16

<PAGE>

                             (c)  The result  will be reduced by the amount of
                                  any  withdrawals  made since the end of such
                                  Contract Years;

                                  The  Highest  Anniversary  Value  will be an
                                  amount  equal to the highest of such values.
                                  The death proceeds will not be less than the
                                  amount  payable on a full  surrender  at the
                                  date used to value the death benefit.

                         The  death  proceeds  will  become  payable  when  we
                         receive:

                         (1) Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's Death; and

                         (2) A Written request from the Beneficiary for either
                             a single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                         If the Annuitant dies, and a Contingent Annuitant was
                         named but predeceased the Annuitant,  we will require
                         proof of the Contingent Annuitant's death in addition
                         to proof of the death of the Annuitant.

                         We will pay a single sum to the Beneficiary unless an
                         Annuity  Option  is chosen  within 60 days  after the
                         death of the Owner or Annuitant.

DEATH PROCEEDS ON        If  the  Annuitant  dies  on  or  after  the  Annuity
OR AFTER THE             Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary  will receive the
ANNUITY                  death  proceeds,  if any,  as provided by the annuity
COMMENCEMENT DATE        form in effect.

PROOF OF DEATH           We  accept  any  of the  following  as  proof  of the
                         Annuitant's or Owner's death:

                         (1) A copy of a certified death certificate;

                         (2) A  copy  of a  certified  decree  of a  court  of
                             competent  jurisdiction  as  to  the  finding  of
                             death;

                         (3) A  written  statement  by a  medical  doctor  who
                             attended the deceased at the time of death; or

                         (4) Any other proof satisfactory to us.


                              PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
 
APPLICATION OF           Unless  directed  otherwise,  we will apply the Fixed
ACCOUNT VALUE            Account  Value to  provide a Fixed  Annuity,  and the
                         Separate Account Value to provide a Variable Annuity.
                         The Owner  must tell us in  writing  at least 30 days
                         prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date if Fixed and
                         Separate   Account   values  are  to  be  applied  in
                         different   proportions.    Transfers   and   partial
                         withdrawals  will  be  permitted  within  the  30-day
                         period.

                                    Page 17

<PAGE>

Annuity                  The Annuity Commencement Date (Annuity Date) is shown
COMMENCEMENT DATE        on page 3. The Owner of a qualified  Contract  may be
                         required  to  receive   distri-   butions  after  the
                         Annuitant's  70th  birthday  to comply  with  certain
                         federal tax  requirements.  The  Annuity  Date may be
                         changed by Written notice from the Owner,  subject to
                         our approval.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE        The  Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made
TO A CONTRACT            beginning on the Annuity  Commencement Date under any
OWNER                    one  of  the  Annuity   Options   described  in  this
                         Contract.  We will  notify  the  Owner  60 to 90 days
                         prior to the scheduled Annuity Date that the Contract
                         is scheduled  to mature,  and request that an Annuity
                         Option be selected.  If the Owner has not selected an
                         Annuity   Option  ten  days  prior  to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement Date, we will proceed as follows:

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any
                         date prior to the Annuitant's 100th birthday, we will
                         extend   the   Annuity   Commencement   Date  to  the
                         Annuitant's 100th birthday.

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the
                         Annuitant's  100th  birthday,  the Account Value less
                         any applicable charges and premium taxes will be paid
                         in one sum to the Owner.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE        The Owner may  elect,  in lieu of payment in one sum,
TO BENEFICIARY           that  any  amount  or part  thereof  due  under  this
                         Contract   be  applied   under  any  of  the  options
                         described  below.  Within 60 days  after the death of
                         the Annuitant or Owner, the Beneficiary may make such
                         election  if the Owner has not done so. In such case,
                         the Beneficiary  thereafter shall have all the rights
                         and options of the Owner.

                         The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be
                         made  on the  first  day of the  second  month  after
                         approval  of the  claim  for  settlement.  Subsequent
                         payments  shall be made  periodically  in  accordance
                         with the manner of payment elected.

PAYMENT CONTRACT         At  such  time  as  one  of  these  options   becomes
                         effective,  this Contract shall be surrendered to the
                         Company in exchange for a payment contract  providing
                         for the option elected.

FIXED  ANNUITY           Fixed   Annuity   Payments   start  on  the   Annuity
PAYMENTS                 Commencement  Date.  The amount of the first  monthly
                         payment for the annuity  selected will be at least as
                         favorable as that produced by the applicable  annuity
                         tables of this Contract for each $1,000 applied as of
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period that  contains  the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

                         The  dollar  amount of any  payments  after the first
                         payment is  specified  during  the  entire  period of
                         annuity payments,  according to the provisions of the
                         Annuity Option selected.

                                    Page 18

<PAGE>

                           VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

ANNUITY UNITS            We  convert  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  into
                         Division  Annuity  Units at the values  determined at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period which  contains the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The
                         number  of  Division  Annuity  Units is  obtained  by
                         dividing  the first  monthly  payment by the Division
                         Annuity Unit Value determined at the end of the above
                         Valuation Period (see following paragraph). The first
                         monthly  payment is determined by applying the dollar
                         value  of  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  to the
                         applicable  Annuity  Table.  The  number of  Division
                         Annuity Units remains  constant as long as an annuity
                         remains in force and  allocation  among the Divisions
                         has not changed.

                         Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set
                         when   the   Division   first   converted    Division
                         Accumulation   Units  into  Division  Annuity  Units.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the  previous  Division  Annuity Unit Value times the
                         Net  Investment  Factor  for  that  Division  for the
                         Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation Date, with
                         an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest  rate used
                         in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                         Variable   Annuity  Payments  start  on  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  Payments will vary in amount and
                         are  determined  at the end of the  Valuation  Period
                         that contains the tenth day prior to each payment.

                         If  the  monthly   payment  under  the  annuity  form
                         selected is based on a single  Division,  the monthly
                         payment is found by multiplying the Division  Annuity
                         Unit  Value on said date by the  number  of  Division
                         Annuity  Units.  If the  monthly  payment  under  the
                         annuity  form  selected  is based  upon more than one
                         Division,  the above  procedure  is repeated for each
                         applicable Division. The sum of these payments is the
                         Variable Annuity Payment.

                         We guarantee that the amount of each payment will not
                         be affected  by  variations  in expense or  mortality
                         experience.

ANNUITY OPTIONS          FIRST  OPTION - LIFE  ANNUITY  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                         SECOND  OPTION - LIFE  ANNUITY  WITH 120,  180 OR 240
                         MONTHLY  PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly   during  the  lifetime  of  the   Annuitant,
                         including the guarantee  that if, at the death of the
                         Annuitant,  payments have been made for less than 120
                         months,  180  months  or 240  months  (as  selected),
                         payments  shall be continued  during the remainder of
                         the selected period.

                                    Page 19

<PAGE>

                         THIRD OPTION - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY -
                         An annuity  payable monthly during the joint lifetime
                         of the  Annuitant,  and a  secondary  Annuitant,  and
                         thereafter  during  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the
                         survivor,  ceasing with the last payment prior to the
                         death of the survivor.

                         FOURTH OPTION - PAYMENTS FOR A DESIGNATED PERIOD - An
                         amount  payable  monthly  for  the  number  of  years
                         selected  which  may be from 5 to 40  years.  If this
                         option is selected on a variable basis, the number of
                         years  may not  exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the
                         Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.


                         FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENTS OF A SPECIFIC DOLLAR AMOUNT -
                         The  amount   due  may  be  paid  in  equal   monthly
                         installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less
                         than $125 nor more than $200 per annum per  $1,000 of
                         the original amount due) until the remaining  balance
                         is less than the amount of one installment.  Payments
                         under this  option  are  available  on a fixed  basis
                         only. To determine  the remaining  balance at the end
                         of any month, such balance at the end of the previous
                         month is decreased  by the amount of any  installment
                         paid   during  the  month  and  the  result  will  be
                         accumulated  at an  interest  rate not less than 3.5%
                         compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any
                         time is less than the amount of one installment, such
                         balance  will be paid and will be the  final  payment
                         under the option.

                         In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected
                         on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which
                         cases the  amount  of each  annuity  payment  will be
                         determined on a basis  consistent with that described
                         in this Contract for monthly payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the minimum is still
                         not met, the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                         the  Account  Value  (less  any   Surrender   Charge,
                         uncollected  annual Maintenance Charge and applicable
                         premium tax) as of the date of this  determination to
                         the Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age of the Annuitant has been misstated to us,
                         any amount payable will be that which would have been
                         payable had the  misstatement  not occurred.  We will
                         deduct  any  overpayment  from  the next  payment  or
                         payments  due and add any  underpayments  to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

ANNUITY TABLES           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the  options.  The tables are based on the 1983a Male
                         or Female Tables,  adjusted by projection scale G for
                         9 years,  with  unisex  rates based on 60% female and
                         40%

                                    Page 20

<PAGE>

                         male,  and  interest  at the rate of 3 1/2% per year.
                         Under the First or Second Options, the amount of each
                         payment will depend upon the Annuitant's adjusted age
                         at the time the first payment is due. Under the Third
                         Option,  the amount of each  payment will depend upon
                         both Annuitant's  adjusted ages at the time the first
                         payment is due.

                         In using the table of annuity payment rates, the ages
                         of the  Annuitants  must be  reduced  by one year for
                         Annuity   Commencement  Dates  occurring  during  the
                         decade  2000-2009,  reduced  two  years  for  Annuity
                         Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2010-
                         2019, and reduced an additional  year for each decade
                         that  follows.  The age 70 rate is also used for ages
                         above 70.

ALTERNATE AMOUNT         If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner
OF INSTALLMENTS          (or, if the Owner has not  elected a payment  option,
UNDER FIXED LIFE         the Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal
INCOME OPTIONS           to those  provided  by  those  fixed  single  premium
                         immediate  annuity option rates in use by the Company
                         when annuity payments begin.

                                    Page 21

<PAGE>

ANNUITY TABLES
AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE 

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities

                                     -----Monthly Payments Guaranteed-----
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Adjusted Unisex
       Age             Option 1           Option 2           Option 2           Option 2
                         None               120                180                240
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
        50               4.18               4.15               4.12               4.07
        51               4.24               4.21               4.18               4.12
        52               4.31               4.28               4.24               4.17
        53               4.38               4.34               4.30               4.23
        54               4.45               4.41               4.36               4.28
        55               4.53               4.48               4.43               4.34
        56               4.61               4.56               4.50               4.40
        57               4.70               4.64               4.57               4.46
        58               4.79               4.73               4.65               4.52
        59               4.89               4.82               4.72               4.59
        60               5.00               4.91               4.81               4.65
        61               5.11               5.02               4.89               4.71
        62               5.23               5.12               4.98               4.78
        63               5.36               5.23               5.07               4.85
        64               5.49               5.35               5.17               4.91
        65               5.64               5.48               5.26               4.98
        66               5.80               5.61               5.36               5.04
        67               5.96               5.74               5.46               5.10
        68               6.14               5.88               5.57               5.16
        69               6.34               6.03               5.67               5.21
        70 and above     6.54               6.19               5.77               5.27
</TABLE>
Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity
<TABLE>
 Adjusted Age                             Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
 of Annuitant
<CAPTION>
      Unisex              50                 55                 60                 65                 70
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
        50               3.75               3.85               3.94               4.01               4.07
        55               3.85               4.00               4.13               4.24               4.33
        60               3.94               4.13               4.32               4.49               4.65
        65               4.01               4.24               4.49               4.75               5.00
        70               4.07               4.33               4.65               5.00               5.36
</TABLE>
Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Years of        Amount of Monthly     Years          Amount of Monthly
      Payment             Payment         Payment              Payment
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>

        5                $18.12             23                 $5.24
        6                 15.35             24                  5.09
        7                 13.38             25                  4.96
        8                 11.90             26                  4.84
        9                 10.75             27                  4.73
        10                 9.83             28                  4.63
        11                 9.09             29                  4.53
        12                 8.46             30                  4.45
        13                 7.94             31                  4.37
        14                 7.49             32                  4.29
        15                 7.10             33                  4.22
        16                 6.76             34                  4.15
        17                 6.47             35                  4.09
        18                 6.20             36                  4.03
        19                 5.97             37                  3.98
        20                 5.75             38                  3.92
        21                 5.56             39                  3.88
        22                 5.39             40                  3.83
</TABLE>


                                    Page 22

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.


                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department


                             American General Life
                               Insurance Company
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                            [American General Logo]
                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 ---------------------------------------------
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation
                 ---------------------------------------------


                                                               EXHIBIT 4(f)(2)

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

Unless  otherwise  directed by the Owner,  we will pay a monthly income to the
Annuitant if living on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The dollar amounts of
such  payments  will be  determined  on the  basis of the  provisions  of this
Contract.  The first payment will be payable on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent  payments  will be payable on the  corresponding  day of each month
thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.

CANCELLATION  RIGHT. You may return this Contract for cancellation to us or to
the sales representative  through whom it was purchased,  within 10 days after
delivery.  Upon surrender of this Contract  within the 10 day period,  we will
refund the sum of your  Account  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period in
which your request is received, plus any premium taxes and Annual Contract Fee
that have been deducted.

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

SIGNED AT THE HOME OFFICE ON THE DATE OF ISSUE.

 /s/                                             /s/
 ---------------------                           -----------------------
 Secretary                                       President

                         READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY

                            [American General Logo]
                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 ---------------------------------------------
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation
                 ---------------------------------------------
                          Home Office: Houston, Texas
2727-A Allen Parkway    P.O. Box 1401   Houston, TX 77251-1401  (713) 831-3505

<PAGE>

                                     INDEX
                                                                          PAGE

Account Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

Allocation of Purchase Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

Annuity Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Annuity Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Annuity Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Beneficiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

Change of Investment Advisor or
     Investment Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

Contingent Annuitant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

Contract Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Death Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

Division Accumulation Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Divisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Fixed Account Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

General Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

Guaranteed Interest Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Guarantee Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Net Investment Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

One-Time Reinstatement Privilege. . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Ownership Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

Payment of Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Premium Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

Purchase Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

Schedule Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Surrenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Full Surrender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Partial Withdrawals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Surrender Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Surrender Charge Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Ten Percent Free Withdrawal Privilege. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Tax Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Transfers .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Variable Annuity Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

                                    Page 2

<PAGE>

                             [Sierra Advantage II]
                                   issued by
                    American General Life Insurance Company

                                 SCHEDULE PAGE

INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT:                                              $ 5,000

MINIMUM ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS:                                    $ 100

ADDITIONAL BENEFITS:                                                      NONE

MAXIMUM ASSET CHARGE FACTORS (Separate Account Only) ANNUAL RATE:        1.40%

MAXIMUM ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                             $  35

TRANSFER CHARGE (After first 12 in a Contract Year):                     $  25

ISSUE AGE:                                                                  35

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                     JANUARY 1, 2027

[INITIAL ALLOCATION:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NET DOLLAR
                                                                   AMOUNT OF
                                               PERCENTAGE          ALLOCATIONS
<S>                                               <C>               <C>
     Capital Growth Portfolio                     100%              $ 5,000
     Growth Portfolio                              xx%              $   xxx
     Balanced Portfolio                            xx%              $   xxx
     Value Portfolio                               xx%              $   xxx
     Income Portfolio                              xx%              $   xxx
     Global Money Fund                             xx%              $   xxx
     Fixed Account
          1 Year Guarantee Period                  xx%              $   xxx
          DCA Fixed Account                        xx%              $   xxx
                                                  ----              -------
     TOTAL ALLOCATIONS                            100%              $ 5,000]
</TABLE>

ANNUITANT:             JOHN DOE              CONTRACT NUMBER: 123456

CONTRACT OWNER:        JOHN DOE              DATE OF ISSUE:   JANUARY 1, 1997

CONTRACT JURISDICTION: (STATE  NAME) 

                                    Page 3

<PAGE>

                                  DEFINITIONS

"WE", "OUR", "US", OR "COMPANY". American General Life Insurance Company.

YOU,  YOUR,  OWNER.  The Owner of this  Contract.  The  "Owner" is the person,
persons or entity  entitled to the ownership  rights stated in this  Contract.
The Owner may  designate a trustee or  custodian  of a  retirement  plan which
meets the  requirements of Section 401,  Section 408(c),  or Section 408(k) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement
plan,  but the term  "Owner" as used herein,  shall refer to the  organization
entering into this Contract.

ACCOUNT. Any of the Divisions or the Fixed Account.

Account  Value.  The sum of the Fixed Account  Value and the Separate  Account
Value after  deduction of any fees.  The Fixed Account Value is the sum of Net
Purchase  Payments and  transfers  into the Fixed  Account,  plus  accumulated
interest, less any partial withdrawals and transfers out of the Fixed Account.
The Separate  Account  Value is the sum of the values of the Separate  Account
Divisions.  The  value  of a  Separate  Account  Division  is the  value  of a
Division's Accumulation Unit multiplied by the number of Accumulation Units in
that Division.

ACCUMULATION  PERIOD.  The  period  during  which Net  Purchase  Payments  are
applied.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT. An accounting  unit of measure used to calculate the value
of a Division of this Contract before annuity payments begin.

AGE. Age last birthday unless otherwise stated.

ANNUITANT.  The person upon whose date of birth income payments are based. The
Annuitant's name is shown on Page 3.

ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measurement to calculate variable annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY. The person entitled to receive benefits in the event the Owner or
Annuitant  dies. If no named  Beneficiary is living at the time any payment is
to be made, the Owner shall be the Beneficiary, or if the Owner is not living,
the Owner's estate shall be the Beneficiary.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT.  A person named by the Owner of a Non-Qualified contract
to become  the  Annuitant  if:  (1) the  Annuitant  dies  before  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date;  and (2)  the  Contingent  Annuitant  is  then  living.  A
Contingent Annuitant may not be named except at the time of application.  Once
named,  the choice may not be revoked or replaced.  If a Contingent  Annuitant
dies, a new  Contingent  Annuitant may not be named.  After  Annuity  Payments
start, a Contingent Annuitant may not become the Annuitant.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY. A person named by the Owner to receive benefits in the
event a  designated  Beneficiary  is not living at the time of the  Owner's or
Annuitant's death.

CONTRACT  YEAR.  A period of 12  consecutive  months  beginning on the Date of
Issue or any anniversary thereof.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. Each anniversary of the Date of Issue of this Contract.

DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this Contract  becomes  effective as shown on
Page 3.

DIVISION. The subdivisions of the Separate Account which are used to determine
how the Owner's Account is allocated among the Variable Funds.

FIXED ANNUITY  OPTION.  An Annuity Option with payments which do not vary with
investment performance as to dollar amount.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD.  The  period  for  which  a  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  is
credited.

                                    Page 4

<PAGE>

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE. The minimum rate we may use to credit interest on an
effective annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

HOME  OFFICE.  Our  office at 2727-A  Allen  Parkway,  Houston,  Texas  77019;
1-713-831-3505; Mailing Address P.O. Box 1401, Houston, Texas 77251-1401.

ISSUE  AGE.  Age last  birthday  on the Date of  Issue.  (If the Date of Issue
occurs on the  Annuitant's  birthday,  "last  birthday" will mean the birthday
occurring on the Date of Issue).

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE.  The net assets of a Variable  Fund  divided by the
number of shares in the Variable Fund.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT.  The gross amount of a Purchase Payment less any Premium
Taxes deducted at the time a Purchase Payment is made.

NON-QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that does not  qualify  for the  special
federal income tax treatment  applicable in connection with certain retirement
plans.


OWNER'S ACCOUNT.  An account established for each Owner to which each Purchase
Payment is credited.

PAYOUT PERIOD. The period, starting with the Annuity Commencement Date, during
which Annuity Payments are made by the Company.

PREMIUM TAX. The amount of tax, if any,  charged by a state or municipality on
Purchase Payments or Contract values.

PURCHASE  PAYMENT.  An amount  paid to the  Company as  consideration  for the
benefits described herein.

QUALIFIED  CONTRACT.  A Contract  that is  qualified  for the special  federal
income tax treatment applicable in connection with certain retirement plans.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  A segregated  investment account entitled "Separate Account
D"  established  by the Company to separate  the assets  funding the  variable
benefits for the class of contracts  to which this  Contract  belongs from the
other  assets of the  Company.  That  portion  of the  assets of the  Separate
Account equal to the reserves and other contract  liabilities  with respect to
the Separate Account shall not be chargeable with  liabilities  arising out of
any other business we may conduct.  Income,  gains and losses,  whether or not
realized,  from assets allocable to the Separate  Account,  are credited to or
charged  against such account  without  regard to our other  income,  gains or
losses.

UNIT  VALUE.  The value  of:  (1) an  Accumulation  Unit as  described  in the
"Division  Accumulation Units" provision;  or (2) an Annuity Unit as described
in the "Annuity Units" provision.

VALUATION DATE. Any day on which we are open for business except, with respect
to any Division,  a day on which the related  Variable Fund does not value its
shares.

VALUATION  PERIOD.  The period that starts at the close of regular  trading on
the New York  Stock  Exchange  on a  Valuation  Date and ends at the  close of
regular trading on the Exchange on the next Valuation Date.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY OPTION.  An Annuity Option under which we promise to pay the
Annuitant or other  properly-designated  Payee one or more payments which vary
in amount in accordance  with the net investment  experience of the applicable
Divisions selected to measure the value of this Contract.

VARIABLE  FUND.  An individual  investment  fund or series in which a Division
invests.

WRITTEN,  IN  WRITING.  A written  request  or notice in  acceptable  form and
content,  which is signed and dated,  and received at our Home  Office.  97010

                                    Page 5

<PAGE>

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT          This Contract, endorsements if any, and a copy of the
                         Application, if attached, is the entire Contract. All
                         statements  made by the  Contract  Owner or Annuitant
                         will be deemed representations and not warranties. No
                         statement  will be used to reduce a claim  under this
                         Contract  unless it is in writing  and made a part of
                         this Contract.

NOT CONTESTABLE          This Contract is not contestable.

GUARANTEES               Subject to the Net  Investment  Factor  provision  of
                         this Contract, we guarantee that the dollar amount of
                         Variable Annuity Payments made during the lifetime of
                         the Payee(s)  will not be  adversely  affected by our
                         actual mortality experience or by the actual expenses
                         incurred  by us in excess of the  expense  deductions
                         provided  for  in  this   Contract.   Settlement  All
                         benefits  under this  Contract  are payable  from our
                         Home Office.

NONPARTICIPATING         This Contract is nonparticipating  and does not share
                         in our surplus or earnings.
 

CHANGE OF INVESTMENT     Unless otherwise  required by law or regulation,  the
ADVISOR OR INVESTMENT    investment  advisor or any investment  policy may not
POLICY                   be changed without our consent. If required, approval
                         of or  change  of any  investment  objective  will be
                         filed  with the  Insurance  Department  of the  state
                         where  this  Contract  is  delivered.   You  will  be
                         notified of any  material  investment  policy  change
                         which   has  been   approved.   Notification   of  an
                         investment  policy change will be given in advance to
                         those Owners who have the right to comment on or vote
                         on such change.

                         Any substitution of the underlying investments of any
                         Division will comply with all applicable requirements
                         of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
                         thereunder.

RIGHTS RESERVED          Upon notice to you,  this Contract may be modified by
BY US                    us, but only if such modification is necessary to:

                         (1) Operate   the   Separate   Account  in  any  form
                             permitted  under the  Investment  Company  Act of
                             1940 or in any other form permit- ted by law;

                         (2) Transfer  any assets in any  Division  to another
                             Division,  or  to  one  or  more  other  separate
                             accounts, or to the Fixed Account;

                         (3) Add, combine or remo ve Divisions in the Separate
                             Account,  or combine the  Separate  Account  with
                             another separate account;

                         (4) Add,  restrict or remove Guarantee Periods of the
                             Fixed Account;

                         (5) Make any new Division available to you on a basis
                             to be determined by us;


                         (6) Substitute  for the shares held in any  Division,
                             the shares of another Variable Fund or the shares
                             of  another   investment  company  or  any  other
                             investment permitted by law;

                         (7) Make any  changes  as  required  by the  Internal
                             Revenue  Code  or by any  other  applicable  law,
                             regulation or interpretation in order to continue
                             treatment of this Contract as an annuity; or

                         (8) Make any changes required to comply with rules of
                             any Variable Fund.

                                    Page 6

<PAGE>

                         When required by law, we will obtain your approval of
                         changes   and  we  will   gain   approval   from  any
                         appropriate regulatory authority.
 
CHANGING THE TERMS       Any change in your  Contract  must be approved by one
                         of our  officers.  of Your  Contract No agent has the
                         authority  to make any  changes  or waive  any of the
                         terms of your Contract.


TERMINATION              This Contract will remain in force until  surrendered
                         for its full value, or all annuity payments have been
                         made, or the death proceeds have been paid, except as
                         follows:

                         If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,  We
                         may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice to the
                         Owner. Such  cancellation  would be considered a full
                         surrender of this Contract.

                         If the value of any Separate Account Division (except
                         the Global  Money Fund) falls below $500,  we reserve
                         the right to transfer the remaining balance,  without
                         charge, to the Global Money Fund.


                               PURCHASE PAYMENTS

MINIMUM PAYMENTS         The minimum amounts  acceptable as Purchase  Payments
                         are shown on Page 3. We  reserve  the right to modify
                         these  minimums  or to refuse a Purchase  Payment for
                         any reason.

ALLOCATION OF            The initial  allocation for Net Purchase  Payments is
PURCHASE PAYMENTS        shown on Page 3 of this  Contract  and will remain in
                         effect   until   changed  by  Written   notice.   The
                         percentage   allocation   for  future  Net   Purchase
                         Payments  may be  changed  at  any  time  by  Written
                         notice.

                         Changes in the  allocation  will be  effective on the
                         date we receive the Owner's  notice.  The  allocation
                         may be 100% to any  available  Division or  Guarantee
                         Period,  or may be  divided  among  these  options in
                         whole percentage points totaling 100%.

                         The initial  Purchase Payment will be credited to the
                         Owner's  Account not more than two Valuation  Periods
                         after we receive it, together with all other required
                         documentation, in good order at the office designated
                         by the Company for the processing of initial Purchase
                         Payments.   Subsequent   Purchase  Payments  will  be
                         credited  as of the end of the  Valuation  Period  in
                         which they are so  received.  We reserve the right to
                         limit the total  number  of Fixed  Account  Guarantee
                         Periods and Separate  Account  Divisions  that may be
                         chosen during the life of the Contract.
  

PREMIUM TAXES            When  applicable,  we will  deduct an amount to cover
                         premium taxes. Such deduction will be made:

                         (1) From Purchase Payment(s) when received; or

                         (2) From  the  Account  Value  at  the  time  annuity
                             payments are to commence; or


                         (3) From the amount of any partial withdrawal; or

                         (4) From  proceeds  payable upon  termination  of the
                             Contract for any other reason, including death of
                             the  Annuitant  or  Owner,  or  surrender  of the
                             Contract.

                                    Page 7

<PAGE>

If premium tax is paid,  the Company  may  reimburse  itself for such tax when
deduction  is being  made  under  paragraphs  2, 3, or 4 above  calculated  by
multiplying  the sum of Purchase  Payments  being  withdrawn by the applicable
premium tax percentage.
                             OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS
  
EXERCISE OF CONTRACT     This Contract  belongs to the Owner,  who is entitled
                         to  exercise  all  Rights  rights and  privileges  in
                         connection  with this  Contract.  Where a Contract is
                         jointly  owned,  both Owners must join in any request
                         to exercise the rights or privileges of an Owner.

                         In  any  case,  such  rights  and  privileges  can be
                         exercised  without  the  consent  of the  Beneficiary
                         (other than an irrevocably designated Beneficiary) or
                         any other person.  Such rights and  privileges may be
                         exercised  only during the lifetime of the  Annuitant
                         and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, except as
                         otherwise provided in this Contract.

                         Unless the Owner specifies  otherwise,  the Annuitant
                         will  become  the Payee on the  Annuity  Commencement
                         Date.  If the  Owner  or  the  Annuitant  (without  a
                         surviving  Contingent  Annuitant)  dies  prior to the
                         Annuity   Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will
                         become the Payee. Such Payees may thereafter exercise
                         such  rights  and   privileges  of  ownership   which
                         continue.
 
BENEFICIARY              The Owner named the  Beneficiary  and any  Contingent
                         Beneficiary  when  applying  for  this  Contract.  By
                         Written notice to us, a  non-irrevocable  Beneficiary
                         or Contingent Beneficiary may be changed by the Owner
                         prior  to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date  or by the
                         Annuitant  or other  properly-designated  Payee after
                         the Annuity Commencement Date.

CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP      Ownership   of  a  Qualified   Contract  may  not  be
                         transferred  except  to:  (1)  the  Annuitant;  (2) a
                         trustee or  successor  trustee of a pension or profit
                         sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of
                         the Internal  Revenue  Code;  (3) the employer of the
                         Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after
                         transfer   is   maintained   under  the  terms  of  a
                         retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the
                         Internal   Revenue   Code  for  the  benefit  of  the
                         Annuitant;   (4)  the   trustee   of  an   individual
                         retirement  account plan qualified  under Section 408
                         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code;  or (5) as otherwise
                         permitted  from time to time by laws and  regulations
                         governing  the  retirement  or deferred  compensation
                         plans for which a Qualified  Contract  may be issued.
                         In no other case may a  Qualified  Contract  be sold,
                         assigned,  transferred,   discounted  or  pledged  as
                         collateral.

                         During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the
                         Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the
                         ownership of a Non-Qualified Contract.

                         A change of  ownership  will not be  binding  upon us
                         until we  receive  Written  notification  at our Home
                         Office.  When such  notification is so received,  the
                         change will be effective as of the date of the signed
                         request  for  change,  but the change will be without
                         prejudice  to us on account of any payment  made,  or
                         any action taken by us prior to receiving the change,
                         or on account of any tax consequence.

                                    Page 8

<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION OF          If an Owner  (including  the first to die in the case
DEATH PROCEEDS           of  joint  Contract  owners)  under  a  Non-Qualified
UNDER NON-QUALIFIED      Contract  dies prior to the  Annuitant and before the
CONTRACTS                Annuity Commencement Date, the death proceeds must be
                         distributed to the Beneficiary either (1) within five
                         years  after the date of death of the  Owner,  or (2)
                         over  the life of or a period  not  greater  than the
                         life  or  expected  life  of  the  Beneficiary,  with
                         annuity payments  beginning within one year after the
                         date of death of the Owner. The Beneficiary  shall be
                         considered   the  designated   beneficiary   for  the
                         purposes  of Section  72(s) of the  Internal  Revenue
                         Code. In all cases,  any such designated  beneficiary
                         will  not  be  entitled   to   exercise   any  rights
                         prohibited by applicable federal income tax law.

                         These mandatory  distribution  requirements  will not
                         apply when the  designated  Beneficiary is the spouse
                         of the  deceased  Owner,  if  the  spouse  elects  to
                         continue  this  Contract in the spouse's own name, as
                         Owner.   When  the   deceased   Owner  was  also  the
                         Annuitant,  the  surviving  spouse (if the  surviving
                         spouse is the designated Beneficiary) may elect to be
                         named as both Owner and  Annuitant  and continue this
                         Contract.

                         If the  Payee  under a  Non-Qualified  Contract  dies
                         after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all of
                         the  payments  under  the  Annuity  Option  have been
                         distributed,  the remaining  amount payable,  if any,
                         must be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                         method of distribution then in effect.

                         If the Owner prior to the Annuity  Commencement Date,
                         or the Payee  thereafter,  is not a  natural  person,
                         then the foregoing  distribution  requirements  shall
                         apply upon the death of the primary  Annuitant within
                         the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.


PERIODIC  REPORTS        We will send to each Owner, at least once during each
                         Contract  Year,  a  statement   showing  the  Owner's
                         Account  Value as of a date not more than two  months
                         prior to the date of mailing.  We will also send such
                         statements as may be required by applicable state and
                         federal laws, rules and regulations.

OWNER'S  ACCOUNT         We will  establish  an Owner's  Account for the Owner
                         under this  Contract and will  maintain  such account
                         during the Accumulation  Period.  The Owner's Account
                         Value for any  Valuation  Period will be equal to the
                         Owner's  Separate  Account  Value,  if any,  plus the
                         Owner's  Fixed  Account  Value,   if  any,  for  that
                         Valuation Period.

                                 FIXED ACCOUNT

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE      That  portion  of a Net  Purchase  Payment  which  is
                         allocated  to the Fixed  Account  will be credited to
                         the Owner's  Account and  allocated to the  Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected.  The Fixed  Account  Value of an
                         Owner's Account for any Valuation  Period is equal to
                         the  sum of  the  values  in  each  of the  Guarantee
                         Periods  credited  to the  Owner's  account  for such
                         Valuation Period.

                         The value in any one Guarantee  Period on a Valuation
                         Date is the  accumulated  value  of the Net  Purchase
                         Payments,  renewals  or  transfers  allocated  to the
                         Guarantee  Period at the  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,
                         minus  the   accumulated   value  of  surrenders  and
                         transfers out of that  Guarantee  Period and Contract
                         Fee  allocated  to  that  Guarantee  Period,  at  the
                         Guaranteed Interest Rate.

                                    Page 9

<PAGE>

GUARANTEE PERIODS        There  will  always  be at least  one  Fixed  Account
                         Guarantee  Period.  At  any  given  time,  additional
                         Guarantee  Periods may be available  for selection by
                         the  Owner.  Subject to  availability,  the Owner may
                         select one or more Guarantee Period(s). The Guarantee
                         Period(s)  selected  will  determine  the  Guaranteed
                         Interest  Rates(s).  The Net Purchase  Payment or the
                         portion thereof (or amount  transferred in accordance
                         with  the  transfer  privilege   provision  described
                         below)  allocated  to a particular  Guarantee  Period
                         will earn  interest at the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate
                         during the Guarantee Period.  Guarantee Periods begin
                         on the date as of which we credit the Owner's Account
                         Value to that  Guarantee  Period or, in the case of a
                         transfer, on the effective date of the transfer.  The
                         Guarantee Period is the number of years we credit the
                         Guaranteed  Interest Rate. The expiration date of any
                         Guarantee  Period  is the last  day of the  Guarantee
                         Period.  Subsequent  Guarantee  Periods  begin on the
                         first day following the expiration  date. As a result
                         of Guarantee  Period  renewals,  additional  Purchase
                         Payments  and  transfers  of  portions of the Owner's
                         Account Value, Guarantee Periods of the same duration
                         may have  different  expiration  dates and Guaranteed
                         Interest Rates.

                         We will  notify  the Owner in writing at least 30 and
                         no more than 60 days prior to the expiration  date of
                         any Guarantee  Period.  A new Guarantee Period of the
                         same duration as the previous  Guarantee  Period will
                         begin automatically  unless we receive Written notice
                         to the  contrary  from the Owner at least 3 Valuation
                         Dates prior to the end of such Guarantee Period.  The
                         Owner may elect to change to another Guarantee Period
                         or Division which we offer at such time.

                         If  the  amount  of an  Owner's  Account  Value  in a
                         Guarantee Period is less than $500 at the end of such
                         Guarantee  Period,  we reserve  the right to transfer
                         such amount, without charge, to the Global Money Fund
                         of the Separate  Account.  However,  we will transfer
                         such  amount to  another  available  Division  at the
                         Owner's request.

GUARANTEED INTEREST      We will  periodically  establish an  applicable  Rate
RATES                    Guaranteed  Interest  for each  Guarantee  Period  we
                         offer.   These  rates  will  be  guaranteed  for  the
                         duration of the  respective  Guarantee  Periods.  The
                         Guarantee  Periods that we make available at any time
                         will be determined in our  discretion.  No Guaranteed
                         Interest Rate shall be less than an effective  annual
                         rate of 3.0% per year.

                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT

DIVISIONS                The  Separate  Account  has several  Divisions,  each
                         investing  in  a  corresponding  Variable  Fund.  Net
                         Purchase  Payments will be allocated to the Divisions
                         and the Fixed  Account as shown on Page 3, unless the
                         Owner changes the allocation.


                         We  will  use  the  Net  Purchase  Payments  and  any
                         transferred  amounts to purchase Variable Fund shares
                         applicable to the Divisions at their net asset value.
                         We will be the  owner  of all  Variable  Fund  shares
                         purchased   with  the  Net   Purchase   Payments   or
                         transferred amounts. 97010

                                    Page 10

<PAGE>

DIVISION                 Net  Purchase   Payments  and   transferred   amounts
ACCUMULATION             allocated to the Separate Account will be credited to
UNITS                    the   Owner's   Account  in  the  form  of   Division
                         Accumulation    Units.   The   number   of   Division
                         Accumulation Units will be determined by dividing the
                         amount  allocated  to  a  Division  by  the  Division
                         Accumulation   Unit  value  as  of  the  end  of  the
                         Valuation  Period  as of  which  the  transaction  is
                         credited.  The  value of each  Division  Accumulation
                         Unit was  arbitrarily set as of the date the Division
                         first  purchased  Variable  Fund  shares.  Subsequent
                         values  on  any  Valuation  Date  are  equal  to  the
                         previous  Division  Accumulation Unit value times the
                         Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period ending
                         on that Valuation Date.

NET INVESTMENT           The Net  Investment  Factor  is an index  applied  to
FACTOR                   measure the investment performance of a Division from
                         one Valuation  Period to the next. The Net Investment
                         Factor  may be  greater or less than or equal to one;
                         therefore,  the  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit may
                         increase,  decrease  or  remain  the  same.  

                         The  Net   Investment   Factor  for  a  Division   is
                         determined   by  dividing   (1)  by  (2),   and  then
                         subtracting (3) from the result, where:

                         (1) Is the sum of:


                             (a)  The  Net  Asset   Value  Per  Share  of  the
                                  Variable  Fund shares held in the  Division,
                                  determined   at  the  end  of  the   current
                                  Valuation Period; plus

                             (b)  The per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or
                                  capital  gain  distribu-  tions  made on the
                                  Variable  Fund shares  held in the  Division
                                  during the current Valuation Period;  

                         (2) Is the Net Asset Value Per Share of the  Variable
                             Fund shares held in the  Division,  determined at
                             the  beginning of the current  Valuation  Period;
                             and

                         (3) Is a  factor  representing  the  mortality  risk,
                             expense  risk,  and  admin-   istrative   expense
                             charge.  We will determine the daily asset charge
                             factor  annually,  but in no event  may it exceed
                             the Maximum  Asset Charge  Factor as specified on
                             Page 3.  


SEPARATE  ACCOUNT        The Separate  Account for any Valuation Period is the
                         total of the Value values in each  Division  credited
                         to the Owner's Account for such Valuation Period. The
                         value for each Division will be equal to:

                         (1) The  number  of  Division   Accumulation   Units;
                             multiplied by

                         (2) The  Division  Accumulation  Unit  value  for the
                             Valuation Period.

                         The Separate  Account value will vary from  Valuation
                         Date to Valuation Date  reflecting the total value in
                         the Divisions.

                                    Page 11

<PAGE>

                                   TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS                Transfers   may  be  made  at  any  time  during  the
                         Accumulation Period after the first 30 days following
                         the Date of Issue.  A transfer  will be  effective at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period in which we receive
                         the Owner's Written request for a transfer. Transfers
                         will be subject to the following restrictions:

                         (1) Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner
                             may make up to 12 transfers  each  Contract  Year
                             without charge.

                         (2) There  will  be  a  charge  of  $25.00  for  each
                             transfer in excess of 12 in a Contract Year.

                         (3) Transfers    under    some    asset    management
                             arrangements  approved  by  the  Company  may  be
                             subject  to  the  $25.00  charge  and  may  count
                             towards the 12 free transfers.

                         (4) Not more than 25% of the  Owner's  Account  Value
                             allocated to a Guarantee  Period at its inception
                             may be transferred to the Variable Account during
                             any  Contract  Year.  Transfers  from a Guarantee
                             Period  are made on a first in,  first out basis.
                             The 25% limit does not apply to:

                             (a)  Transfers within 15 days before or after the
                                  end of the applicable Guarantee Period; or

                             (b)  A renewal at the end of a  Guarantee  Period
                                  to the same Guarantee Period.

                         (5) If a transfer  would cause the  Account  Value in
                             any  Division or  Guarantee  Period to fall below
                             $500,  we reserve the right to also  transfer the
                             remaining  balance in that  Division or Guarantee
                             Period in the same  proportions  as the  transfer
                             request.

                         (6) We reserve the right to defer any  transfer  from
                             the Fixed  Account to the Variable  Divisions for
                             up to 6 months.
  
                         We  reserve  the  right  to  restrict  or   terminate
                         transfers.

                         After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may
                         make one  transfer  during any 180 day  period;  such
                         transfer  is without  charge.  The Owner may not make
                         transfers from the fixed annuity account.

                                    Page 12

<PAGE>

                                  SURRENDERS

GENERAL SURRENDER        The amount  surrendered  will normally be paid to the
PROVISIONS               Owner within 5 Valuation  Dates following our receipt
                         of:

                         (1) The Owner's  Written request on a form acceptable
                             to us; and

                         (2) This Contract,  if required. We reserve the right
                             to defer  payment  of  surrenders  from the Fixed
                             Account  for up to 6  months  from  the  date  we
                             receive the request.


FULL  SURRENDER          At any time prior to the  Annuity  Commencement  Date
                         and during the lifetime of the  Annuitant,  the Owner
                         may  surrender  this Contract by sending us a Written
                         request. The amount payable on surrender is:

                         (1) The  Owner's  Account  Value  at  the  end of the
                             Valuation  Period in which we receive the Owner's
                             request on a form acceptable to us;

                         (2) Minus any applicable Surrender Charge;

                         (3) Minus any applicable Contract Fee; and


                         (4) Minus any applicable premium tax.


                         The amount  payable upon  surrender  will not be less
                         than the amount required by state law.

                         Upon payment of the surrender  amount,  this Contract
                         will be  terminated  and  the  Company  will  have no
                         further obligation to the Owner.

                         All   collateral   assignees   must  consent  to  any
                         surrender or partial withdrawal.  We may require that
                         this Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to
                         making payment.

PARTIAL  WITHDRAWALS     A  portion  of  the  Owner's  Account  Value  may  be
                         withdrawn   at  any  time   prior   to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  The Owner must send us a Written
                         request specifying the Divisions or Guarantee Periods
                         from  which  the  Partial  Withdrawal  is to be made.
                         However,  in  cases  where  the  Owner  does  not  so
                         specify,   or  the  withdrawal   cannot  be  made  in
                         accordance with the Owner's specification, we reserve
                         the right to implement the  withdrawal  pro rata from
                         each  Division  and  Guarantee  Period  based  on the
                         Owner's  Account Value in each.  Partial  Withdrawals
                         will be made  effective  at the end of the  Valuation
                         Period  in  which we  receive  the  Written  request.
                         Partial  Withdrawals will be subject to the following
                         guidelines:

                         (1) The  Partial  Withdrawal  amount must be at least
                             $100 or,  if less,  the  Owner's  entire  Account
                             Value;

                                    Page 13

<PAGE>

                         (2) We will  surrender  Division  Accumulation  Units
                             from  the  Separate  Account  or  interests  in a
                             Guarantee   Period  so  that  the  total   amount
                             withdrawn will be the sum of:

                             (a)  The amount payable to the Owner;

                             (b)  Plus any Surrender Charge and any applicable
                                  premium tax;

                         (3) If a Partial  Withdrawal  would cause the Owner's
                             Account Value in any Division or Guarantee Period
                             (except  the  Global  Money  Fund) to fall  below
                             $500,  we  reserve  the  right  to  transfer  the
                             remaining  balance  without  charge to the Global
                             Money Fund.

                         (4) If the Owner's  Account  Value is less than $500,
                             We may cancel this  Contract upon 60 days' notice
                             to  the  Owner.   Such   cancellAtion   would  be
                             considered a full surrender of this Contract.

SURRENDER                Except as noted under "Surrender Charge  Exceptions,"
CHARGE                   a  Surrender  Charge will be applied to the amount of
FOR PARTIAL              any Purchase  Payment  with- drawn during the first 7
WITHDRAWALS AND          years after it was first credited, as follows:
FULL SURRENDERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SURRENDER CHARGE
                                YEAR OF                 AS A PERCENTAGE
                           PURCHASE PAYMENT               OF PURCHASE
                              WITHDRAWAL               PAYMENT WITHDRAWN
<S>                              <C>                           <C>
                                 1st                           7%
                                 2nd                           6%
                                 3rd                           5%
                                 4th                           5%
                                 5th                           4%
                                 6th                           3%
                                 7th                           2%
                                 Thereafter                    0%
</TABLE>

                         For purposes of computing the Surrender  Charge,  the
                         oldest  Purchase  Payments are deemed to be withdrawn
                         first,  and before any  amounts in excess of Purchase
                         Payments are withdrawn from an Owner's  Account.  The
                         following   transactions   will  be   considered   as
                         withdrawals  for purposes of computing  the Surrender
                         Charge:   total   surrender,    partial   withdrawal,
                         commencement   of  an  annuity   payment  option  and
                         termination due to insufficient Owner Account Value.


SURRENDER CHARGE         The Surrender Charge will not apply:
EXCEPTIONS
                         (1) To any  amounts  in excess of  Purchase  Payments
                             that are withdrawn from an Owner's Account; or

                         (2) To any amounts in excess of the amount  permitted
                             by the  10%  Free  Withdrawal  Privilege  if such
                             amounts are required to be withdrawn to obtain or
                             retain  favorable  federal  tax  treatment;  (The
                             granting  of this  exception  is  subject  to our
                             approval);

                         (3) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the Payout Period;

                                    Page 14

<PAGE>

                         (4) Upon the death of the Annuitant at any age during
                             the   Accumulation   Period   if  no   Contingent
                             Annuitant survives;

                         (5) Upon the  death of the  Owner of a  Non-Qualified
                             Contract,  unless the Contract is being continued
                             under the  special  rule for a surviv- ing spouse
                             as defined  under  Internal  Revenue Code Section
                             (72)(s);

                         (6) Upon selection of an annuity  payment option over
                             a period of at least 10 years;

                         (7) Upon selection of an annuity payment option based
                             on life  contingencies  if life  expectancy is at
                             least 10 years.

10% FREE WITHDRAWAL      The  Surrender  Charge does not apply to that portion
                         of each with-  Privilege  drawal or a total surrender
                         in any Contract Year that does not exceed:

                         (1) Ten  Percent  (10%)  of the  amount  of  Purchase
                             Payments not previously  withdrawn that have been
                             credited to this  Contract for at least one year,
                             but not more than 7 years; less

                         (2) The  amount  of  any  previous  withdrawals  made
                             during such Contract Year.

                         For withdrawals  under a systematic  withdrawal plan,
                         Purchase  Payments  credited  for 30 days or more are
                         eligible for the 10% Free Withdrawal Privilege.

                         If  multiple  withdrawals  are made during a Contract
                         Year,  the amount  eligible  for the free  withdrawal
                         will be  recalculated  at the  time  of each  Partial
                         Withdrawal.    After   the   first   Contract   Year,
                         non-automatic  and automatic  withdrawals may be made
                         in  the  same   Contract  Year  subject  to  the  10%
                         limitation.

                         A free  withdrawal  pursuant to any of the  foregoing
                         Surrender   Charge   Exceptions   is  not   deemed  a
                         withdrawal of Purchase  Payments  except for purposes
                         of  computing  the  10%  free  withdrawal  privilege.
                         However the Surrender Charge will never be applied to
                         an amount greater than the Owner's Account Value.

                                 CONTRACT FEE

MANNER OF                An annual  Contract Fee not to exceed  $35.00 will be
DEDUCTING                deducted  at the end of each  Contract  Year prior to
                         the Annuity  Commencement Date. Unless paid directly,
                         the fee will be allocated among the Guarantee Periods
                         and Divisions in  proportion  to the Owner's  Account
                         Value in each.  The  entire  fee for the year will be
                         deducted  from the proceeds of any full  surrender of
                         this Contract.

                                  TAX CHARGE

RIGHT TO                 We reserve the right to impose additional  charges or
IMPOSE                   establish  reserves  for any  federal or local  taxes
                         incurred  or that may be incurred by us, and that may
                         be deemed attributable to the Contracts.



                       ONE-TIME REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

REINSTATEMENT OF         If the Owner has made a full surrender of the Owner's
ACCOUNT VALUE            Account Value,  the Owner may reinstate the Contract,
                         if we  receive  the  Written  reinstatement  request,
                         together with a return of the net surrender

                                    Page 15

<PAGE>

                         proceeds,  not more than 30 days after the date as of
                         which the  surrender  was made.  In such a case,  the
                         Owner's Account Value will be restored to what it was
                         at  the  time  of  the  surrender  (less  any  annual
                         Contract  maintenance  charge  that has since  become
                         payable), and any subsequent Surrender Charge will be
                         computed  as if the  Contract  had been issued at the
                         date of  reinstatement in consideration of a Purchase
                         Payment in the amount of such net surrender proceeds.
                         This  one-time  reinstatement  privilege is available
                         only  if the  Owner's  Account  Value  following  the
                         reinstatement  would be at  least  $500.  Unless  the
                         Owner  requests  otherwise  in  Writing,  the Account
                         Value following the  reinstatement  will be allocated
                         among the Divisions and Guarantee Periods in the same
                         proportions as those prior to surrender.

                                DEATH PROCEEDS

DEATH PROCEEDS           If the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement
COMMENCEMENT DATE        Date, and is survived by a Contingent Annuitant,  the
BEFORE THE ANNUITY       Contract  will  be  continued   with  the  Contingent
                         Annuitant  being  named the  Annuitant.  If this is a
                         Non-Qualified Contract, this Contract may qualify for
                         continuation   under  the   "Distribution   of  Death
                         Proceeds under  Non-Qualified  Contracts"  provision.
                         Otherwise,  we will  pay the  death  proceeds  to the
                         Beneficiary if one of the following dies prior to the
                         Annuity Commencement Date:

                         (1) The  Annuitant   (provided   that  no  Contingent
                             Annuitant survives); or

                         (2) The Owner of a Non-Qualified  Contract (including
                             the first to die in the case of Joint Owners). If
                             the  Annuitant or such Owner dies,  the amount of
                             the death  proceeds  will be the  greatest of the
                             following  amounts,  less any applicable  Premium
                             Tax:  (1) The sum of all  Net  Purchase  Payments
                             less  any  prior  Partial  Withdrawals;  (2)  The
                             Owner's  Account  Value  as of  the  end  of  the
                             Valuation Period in which we receive proof of the
                             Annuitant's  or such Owner's  death and a Written
                             request  from the  Beneficiary  as to the form of
                             payment; or

                         (3) The Highest  Anniversary  Value prior to the date
                             of death, deter- mined as follows:

                             (a)  We will  calculate the Account Values at the
                                  end   of   each   of   the   past   Contract
                                  Anniversaries that occurred prior to the de-
                                  ceased's 81st birthday;

                             (b)  Each of the Account Values will be increased
                                  by the amount of Net Purchase  Payments made
                                  since the end of such Contract Years;

                                    Page 16

<PAGE>

                             (c)  The result  will be reduced by the amount of
                                  any  withdrawals  made since the end of such
                                  Contract Years;

                                  The  Highest  Anniversary  Value  will be an
                                  amount  equal to the highest of such values.
                                  The death proceeds will not be less than the
                                  amount  payable on a full  surrender  at the
                                  date used to value the death benefit.

                         The  death  proceeds  will  become  payable  when  we
                         receive:

                         (1) Proof of the Owner's or Annuitant's Death; and

                         (2) A Written request from the Beneficiary for either
                             a single sum or payment under an Annuity Option.

                         If the Annuitant dies, and a Contingent Annuitant was
                         named but predeceased the Annuitant,  we will require
                         proof of the Contingent Annuitant's death in addition
                         to proof of the death of the Annuitant.

                         We will pay a single sum to the Beneficiary unless an
                         Annuity  Option  is chosen  within 60 days  after the
                         death of the Owner or Annuitant.

DEATH PROCEEDS ON        If  the  Annuitant  dies  on  or  after  the  Annuity
OR AFTER THE             Commencement  Date, the Beneficiary  will receive the
ANNUITY                  death  proceeds,  if any,  as provided by the annuity
COMMENCEMENT DATE        form in effect.

PROOF OF DEATH           We  accept  any  of the  following  as  proof  of the
                         Annuitant's or Owner's death:

                         (1) A copy of a certified death certificate;

                         (2) A  copy  of a  certified  decree  of a  court  of
                             competent  jurisdiction  as  to  the  finding  of
                             death;

                         (3) A  written  statement  by a  medical  doctor  who
                             attended the deceased at the time of death; or

                         (4) Any other proof satisfactory to us.


                              PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
 
APPLICATION OF           Unless  directed  otherwise,  we will apply the Fixed
ACCOUNT VALUE            Account  Value to  provide a Fixed  Annuity,  and the
                         Separate Account Value to provide a Variable Annuity.
                         The Owner  must tell us in  writing  at least 30 days
                         prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date if Fixed and
                         Separate   Account   values  are  to  be  applied  in
                         different   proportions.    Transfers   and   partial
                         withdrawals  will  be  permitted  within  the  30-day
                         period.

                                    Page 17

<PAGE>

ANNUITY                  The Annuity Commencement Date (Annuity Date) is shown
COMMENCEMENT DATE        on page 3. The Owner of a qualified  Contract  may be
                         required  to  receive   distri-   butions  after  the
                         Annuitant's  70th  birthday  to comply  with  certain
                         federal tax  requirements.  The  Annuity  Date may be
                         changed by Written notice from the Owner,  subject to
                         our approval.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE        The  Owner may elect to have  annuity  payments  made
TO A CONTRACT            beginning on the Annuity  Commencement Date under any
OWNER                    one  of  the  Annuity   Options   described  in  this
                         Contract.  We will  notify  the  Owner  60 to 90 days
                         prior to the scheduled Annuity Date that the Contract
                         is scheduled  to mature,  and request that an Annuity
                         Option be selected.  If the Owner has not selected an
                         Annuity   Option  ten  days  prior  to  the   Annuity
                         Commencement Date, we will proceed as follows:

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is any
                         date prior to the Annuitant's 100th birthday, we will
                         extend   the   Annuity   Commencement   Date  to  the
                         Annuitant's 100th birthday.

                         If the  scheduled  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the
                         Annuitant's  100th  birthday,  the Account Value less
                         any applicable charges and premium taxes will be paid
                         in one sum to the Owner.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE        The Owner may  elect,  in lieu of payment in one sum,
TO BENEFICIARY           that  any  amount  or part  thereof  due  under  this
                         Contract   be  applied   under  any  of  the  options
                         described  below.  Within 60 days  after the death of
                         the Annuitant or Owner, the Beneficiary may make such
                         election  if the Owner has not done so. In such case,
                         the Beneficiary  thereafter shall have all the rights
                         and options of the Owner.

                         The first  annuity  payment under any option shall be
                         made  on the  first  day of the  second  month  after
                         approval  of the  claim  for  settlement.  Subsequent
                         payments  shall be made  periodically  in  accordance
                         with the manner of payment elected.

PAYMENT CONTRACT         At  such  time  as  one  of  these  options   becomes
                         effective,  this Contract shall be surrendered to the
                         Company in exchange for a payment contract  providing
                         for the option elected.

FIXED  ANNUITY           Fixed   Annuity   Payments   start  on  the   Annuity
PAYMENTS                 Commencement  Date.  The amount of the first  monthly
                         payment for the annuity  selected will be at least as
                         favorable as that produced by the applicable  annuity
                         tables of this Contract for each $1,000 applied as of
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period that  contains  the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

                         The  dollar  amount of any  payments  after the first
                         payment is  specified  during  the  entire  period of
                         annuity payments,  according to the provisions of the
                         Annuity Option selected.

                                    Page 18

<PAGE>

                           VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

ANNUITY UNITS            We  convert  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  into
                         Division  Annuity  Units at the values  determined at
                         the end of the  Valuation  Period which  contains the
                         tenth day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The
                         number  of  Division  Annuity  Units is  obtained  by
                         dividing  the first  monthly  payment by the Division
                         Annuity Unit Value determined at the end of the above
                         Valuation Period (see following paragraph). The first
                         monthly  payment is determined by applying the dollar
                         value  of  the  Division  Accumulation  Units  to the
                         applicable  Annuity  Table.  The  number of  Division
                         Annuity Units remains  constant as long as an annuity
                         remains in force and  allocation  among the Divisions
                         has not changed.

                         Each Division  Annuity Unit Value was arbitrarily set
                         when   the   Division   first   converted    Division
                         Accumulation   Units  into  Division  Annuity  Units.
                         Subsequent  values on any Valuation Date are equal to
                         the  previous  Division  Annuity Unit Value times the
                         Net  Investment  Factor  for  that  Division  for the
                         Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation Date, with
                         an offset for the 3 1/2% assumed  interest  rate used
                         in the annuity tables of this Contract.

                         Variable   Annuity  Payments  start  on  the  Annuity
                         Commencement  Date.  Payments will vary in amount and
                         are  determined  at the end of the  Valuation  Period
                         that contains the tenth day prior to each payment.

                         If  the  monthly   payment  under  the  annuity  form
                         selected is based on a single  Division,  the monthly
                         payment is found by multiplying the Division  Annuity
                         Unit  Value on said date by the  number  of  Division
                         Annuity  Units.  If the  monthly  payment  under  the
                         annuity  form  selected  is based  upon more than one
                         Division,  the above  procedure  is repeated for each
                         applicable Division. The sum of these payments is the
                         Variable Annuity Payment.

                         We guarantee that the amount of each payment will not
                         be affected  by  variations  in expense or  mortality
                         experience.

ANNUITY OPTIONS          FIRST  OPTION - LIFE  ANNUITY  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

                         SECOND  OPTION - LIFE  ANNUITY  WITH 120,  180 OR 240
                         MONTHLY  PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED  - An  annuity  payable
                         monthly   during  the  lifetime  of  the   Annuitant,
                         including the guarantee  that if, at the death of the
                         Annuitant,  payments have been made for less than 120
                         months,  180  months  or 240  months  (as  selected),
                         payments  shall be continued  during the remainder of
                         the selected period.

                                    Page 19

<PAGE>

                         THIRD OPTION - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY -
                         An annuity  payable monthly during the joint lifetime
                         of the  Annuitant,  and a  secondary  Annuitant,  and
                         thereafter  during  the  remaining  lifetime  of  the
                         survivor,  ceasing with the last payment prior to the
                         death of the survivor.

                         FOURTH OPTION - PAYMENTS FOR A DESIGNATED PERIOD - An
                         amount  payable  monthly  for  the  number  of  years
                         selected  which  may be from 5 to 40  years.  If this
                         option is selected on a variable basis, the number of
                         years  may not  exceed  the  life  expectancy  of the
                         Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.


                         FIFTH OPTION - PAYMENTS OF A SPECIFIC DOLLAR AMOUNT -
                         The  amount   due  may  be  paid  in  equal   monthly
                         installments of a designated  dollar amount (not less
                         than $125 nor more than $200 per annum per  $1,000 of
                         the original amount due) until the remaining  balance
                         is less than the amount of one installment.  Payments
                         under this  option  are  available  on a fixed  basis
                         only. To determine  the remaining  balance at the end
                         of any month, such balance at the end of the previous
                         month is decreased  by the amount of any  installment
                         paid   during  the  month  and  the  result  will  be
                         accumulated  at an  interest  rate not less than 3.5%
                         compounded annually.  If the remaining balance at any
                         time is less than the amount of one installment, such
                         balance  will be paid and will be the  final  payment
                         under the option.

                         In lieu of monthly payments,  payments may be elected
                         on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, in which
                         cases the  amount  of each  annuity  payment  will be
                         determined on a basis  consistent with that described
                         in this Contract for monthly payments.

                         No election of any Annuity  Option may be made in the
                         case where a Fixed or  Variable  Annuity is  elected,
                         unless a minimum initial annuity payment of $100 will
                         be provided. No election of any Annuity Option may be
                         made in the case where a combination of a Fixed and a
                         Variable Annuity is elected, unless a minimum initial
                         annuity   payment  of  $50  on  each  basis  will  be
                         provided.  If the initial  annuity  payment  does not
                         meet the  minimum  amount  required  for the  Annuity
                         Option  elected,  the  Company  will  provide  a less
                         frequent  payment  schedule.  If the minimum is still
                         not met, the Company will make a lump-sum  payment of
                         the  Account  Value  (less  any   Surrender   Charge,
                         uncollected  annual Maintenance Charge and applicable
                         premium tax) as of the date of this  determination to
                         the Annuitant or other properly-designated Payee.

                         If the age of the Annuitant has been misstated to us,
                         any amount payable will be that which would have been
                         payable had the  misstatement  not occurred.  We will
                         deduct  any  overpayment  from  the next  payment  or
                         payments  due and add any  underpayments  to the next
                         payment due.  Interest at an effective annual rate of
                         3.5% will be added to any such adjustment.

ANNUITY TABLES           The tables that follow show the dollar  amount of the
                         first monthly  payment for each $1,000  applied under
                         the  options.  The tables are based on the 1983a Male
                         or Female Tables adjusted by projection scale G for 9
                         years, with interest at the rate of 3 1/2% per year.

                                    Page 20

<PAGE>

                         Under the First or Second Options, the amount of each
                         payment will depend upon the sex of the Annuitant and
                         the  Annuitant's  adjusted  age at the time the first
                         payment is due. Under the Third Option, the amount of
                         each  payment  will  depend  upon  the  sex  of  both
                         Annuitants  and their  adjusted  ages at the time the
                         first payment is due.

                         In using the table of annuity payment rates, the ages
                         of the  Annuitants  must be  reduced  by one year for
                         Annuity   Commencement  Dates  occurring  during  the
                         decade  2000-2009,  reduced  two  years  for  Annuity
                         Commencement  Dates occurring during the decade 2010-
                         2019, and reduced an additional  year for each decade
                         that  follows.  The age 70 rate is also used for ages
                         above 70.

ALTERNATE AMOUNT         If a fixed life income  option is elected,  the Owner
OF INSTALLMENTS          (or, if the Owner has not  elected a payment  option,
UNDER FIXED LIFE         the Beneficiary) may elect life income payments equal
INCOME OPTIONS           to those  provided  by  those  fixed  single  premium
                         immediate  annuity option rates in use by the Company
                         when annuity payments begin.

                                    Page 21

<PAGE>

                                ANNUITY TABLES

                           AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PAYMENT
                       FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE

Options 1 and 2 - Life Annuities

                                     -----Monthly Payments Guaranteed-----
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Adjusted Age
    of Male            Option 1           Option 2           Option 2           Option 2
                         None               120                180                240
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
      50                 4.37               4.33               4.28               4.21
      51                 4.44               4.40               4.34               4.26
      52                 4.52               4.47               4.40               4.32
      53                 4.59               4.54               4.47               4.37
      54                 4.68               4.62               4.54               4.43
      55                 4.77               4.70               4.61               4.49
      56                 4.86               4.78               4.69               4.55
      57                 4.96               4.87               4.76               4.61
      58                 5.06               4.97               4.84               4.67
      59                 5.18               5.07               4.93               4.73
      60                 5.30               5.17               5.01               4.79
      61                 5.42               5.28               5.10               4.86
      62                 5.56               5.40               5.20               4.92
      63                 5.71               5.52               5.29               4.98
      64                 5.87               5.65               5.38               5.04
      65                 6.04               5.79               5.48               5.10
      66                 6.22               5.92               5.58               5.15
      67                 6.41               6.07               5.68               5.21
      68                 6.62               6.22               5.77               5.26
      69                 6.84               6.37               5.87               5.30
      70 and above       7.07               6.53               5.96               5.35
</TABLE>

                                     -----Monthly Payments Guaranteed-----
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Adjusted Age
  of Female            Option 1           Option 2           Option 2           Option 2
                         None               120                180                240
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
      50                 4.05               4.03               4.01               3.97
      51                 4.10               4.09               4.06               4.02
      52                 4.17               4.14               4.12               4.07
      53                 4.23               4.21               4.17               4.12
      54                 4.30               4.27               4.23               4.18
      55                 4.37               4.34               4.30               4.23
      56                 4.44               4.41               4.36               4.29
      57                 4.52               4.48               4.43               4.35
      58                 4.61               4.56               4.50               4.41
      59                 4.70               4.65               4.58               4.48
      60                 4.79               4.74               4.66               4.54
      61                 4.89               4.83               4.74               4.61
      62                 5.00               4.93               4.83               4.67
      63                 5.12               5.03               4.92               4.74
      64                 5.24               5.14               5.01               4.81
      65                 5.38               5.26               5.11               4.88
      66                 5.52               5.38               5.20               4.95
      67                 5.67               5.51               5.31               5.01
      68                 5.83               5.65               5.41               5.08
      69                 6.01               5.79               5.52               5.14
      70 and above       6.20               5.94               5.62               5.20
</TABLE>

                                    Page 22

<PAGE>

Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Adjusted Age                              Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
   of Annuitant
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
      Male               F50          F55          F60          F65          F70

        50               3.76         3.89         4.01         4.11         4.19
        55               3.84         4.01         4.18         4.33         4.46
        60               3.90         4.11         4.33         4.56         4.77
        65               3.95         4.19         4.47         4.78         5.09
        70               3.99         4.25         4.58         4.96         5.39
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Adjusted Age                              Adjusted Age of Secondary Annuitant
   of Annuitant
<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
    Female               M50          M55          M60          M65          M70

      50                 3.76         3.84         3.90         3.95         3.99
      55                 3.89         4.01         4.11         4.19         4.25
      60                 4.01         4.18         4.33         4.47         4.58
      65                 4.11         4.33         4.56         4.78         4.96
      70                 4.19         4.46         4.77         5.09         5.39
</TABLE>

Option 4 - Payments for a Designated Period
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Years of        Amount of Monthly     Years          Amount of Monthly
      Payment             Payment         Payment              Payment
<S>                      <C>                <C>                <C>
        5                $18.12             23                 $5.24
        6                 15.35             24                  5.09
        7                 13.38             25                  4.96
        8                 11.90             26                  4.84
        9                 10.75             27                  4.73
       10                  9.83             28                  4.63
       11                  9.09             29                  4.53
       12                  8.46             30                  4.45
       13                  7.94             31                  4.37
       14                  7.49             32                  4.29
       15                  7.10             33                  4.22
       16                  6.76             34                  4.15
       17                  6.47             35                  4.09
       18                  6.20             36                  4.03
       19                  5.97             37                  3.98
       20                  5.75             38                  3.92
       21                  5.56             39                  3.88
       22                  5.39             40                  3.83
</TABLE>

                                    Page 23

<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY

This is a FLEXIBLE  PAYMENT  VARIABLE and FIXED  INDIVIDUAL  DEFERRED  ANNUITY
CONTRACT. NONPARTICIPATING -- NOT ELIGIBLE FOR DIVIDENDS.

ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THIS  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON THE
INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE  OF A SEPARATE  ACCOUNT ARE  VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO AMOUNT.  SEE THE "SEPARATE  ACCOUNT" AND
"VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS" PROVISIONS IN THIS CONTRACT.


                For Information, Service or to make a Complaint
                    Contact your Registered Representative,
                   or the Annuity Administration Department


                             American General Life
                               Insurance Company
                             2727-A Allen Parkway
                                 P.O. Box 1401
                           Houston, Texas 77251-1401
                                (713) 831-3505



                            [American General Logo]
                                A STOCK COMPANY
                 ---------------------------------------------
                 A Subsidiary of American General Corporation
                 ---------------------------------------------



                                                             EXHIBIT 4(f)(iii)

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                               RIDER PROVIDING
         WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES DUE TO DISABILITY WITH 12 MONTHS
             OR LESS TO LIVE, OR DUE TO CONFINEMENT IN A HOSPITAL,
              CONVALESCENT NURSING HOME OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY

This  rider has been added to and made a part of the  Contract  to which it is
attached.

The following provisions are hereby added to the Contract.

SURRENDER CHARGE EXCEPTION DUE TO DISABILITY  (DEFINED AS BEING TERMINALLY ILL
WITH 12 MONTHS OR LESS TO LIVE).

A Surrender Charge will not apply to partial or total surrenders if we receive
satisfactory  evidence that due to disability,  the Annuitant is considered to
be terminally ill with 12 months or less to live.

SURRENDER  CHARGE  EXCEPTION DUE TO  CONFINEMENT  IN A HOSPITAL,  CONVALESCENT
NURSING HOME OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY.

A  surrender  charge will not apply to Partial or Total  Surrenders  if we are
given  written  proof that the  Annuitant is (or was)  confined in a Hospital,
Convalescent Nursing Home or Extended Care Facility, provided that:

1. Such confinement was for a period of 30 consecutive days or more; and

2. The surrender request is made:

     a. While the Annuitant is confined in such facility; or

     b. Within 30 days after discharge from such facility.

                                  DEFINITIONS

PHYSICIAN. The term "Physician" means an individual who:

1. Is licensed to practice  medicine and treat  illness or injury in the state
   in which treat- ment is received;

2. Is acting within the scope of his or her license; and

3. Is not the  Annuitant,  the Owner, a person who lives with the Annuitant or
   Owner, or a member of the immediate family of the Annuitant or Owner.

IMMEDIATE FAMILY. The term "Immediate Family" means a spouse,  child, brother,
sister, parent or grandparent of:

1. The Owner or the Annuitant; or

2. A spouse of the Owner or the Annuitant.

HOSPITAL. The term "Hospital" means a facility that:

1. Is operated pursuant to law;

2. Provides services:

     a. On its premises; or

     b. In facilities available to the hospital on a contractual basis;

                                  Page 1 of 3

<PAGE>
3. Provides or operates medical,  diagnostic and major surgical facilities for
   the care and treatment of sick or injured persons:

     a. On an inpatient basis; and

     b. For which a charge is made;

4. Is  under  the  supervision  of a  staff  of  one  or  more  duly  licensed
   physicians;

5. Provides  24-hour  nursing  service  by  or  under  the  supervision  of  a
   registered nurse (R.N.);

6. Has x-ray and laboratory facilities, and

7. Maintains   permanent  medical  history  records.    

CONVALESCENT  NURSING HOME OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY.  THE TERM  "CONVALESCENT
NURSING HOME" (NURSING HOME) OR "EXTENDED CARE FACILITY"  MEANS A NURSING HOME
OR EXTENDED CARE FACILITY THAT:

1. Is operated pursuant to law;

2. Is primarily engaged in providing:

     a. Room and board accommodations; and

     b. Skilled  nursing  care  under  the  supervision  of  a  duly  licensed
        physician; and

3. Provides  continuous  24-hour  a  day  nursing  service  by  or  under  the
   supervision of a registered nurse (R.N.); and

4. Maintains a daily medical record on each patient.

This  definition does not include any home or facility used primarily for rest
or the aged.

WRITTEN  PROOF.  Surrender  Charges  will be waived  subject to the  following
requirements:

1. The Owner must  submit a request for full or partial  surrender,  on a form
   acceptable to us, while the Contract and this rider are in force.  The form
   must state the basis for Surrender Charges to be waived.

2. If  Surrender  Charges  are to be waived  due to the  Annuitant's  terminal
   illness with 12 months or less to live, we must receive a written statement
   signed by a Physician providing:

     a. The diagnosis; and

     b. A statement that the Annuitant is terminally  ill, and the Annuitant's
        medical condition is expected to result in death in 12 months or less.

   A second  medical  opinion may be requested  at our expense.  If the second
   opinion differs from the first,  we will submit all medical  information to
   an independent third party, and will rely on the third party's decision.

3. If Surrender Charges are to be waived due to the Annuitant's confinement in
   a Hospital, Nursing Home or Extended Care Facility, we must receive:

     a. A signed  statement  from the Hospital,  Nursing home or Extended Care
        Facility  providing  the  name  of the  Annuitant  and  the  dates  of
        confinement; or

     b. A copy of an invoice from the Hospital,  Nursing home or Extended Care
        Facility  providing  the  name  of the  Annuitant,  and the  dates  of
        confinement.


                                  Page 2 of 3
CONTRACT PROVISIONS APPLICABLE.

This rider is subject to all the  conditions and provisions of the Contract to
which  it  is   attached   except  as   otherwise   provided  in  this  rider.

CONSIDERATION. 

The  consideration  for this rider is payment of the initial  Purchase Payment
for the base Contract.  There is no charge for this rider.  

The effective date of this rider is the Date of Issue of the Contract to which
this rider is attached.  This rider will  terminate  upon  termination  of the
Contract.

                                          /s/DEF 
                                          ---------
                                          President

                                  Page 3 of 3


                                                               EXHIBIT 5(a)(v)

                    AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   P.O. BOX 1401, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77251-1401

[American General Logo]                             [Sierra Advantage II Logo]

                         VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION

INSTRUCTIONS:  Please type or print in permanent black ink.

 1. ANNUITANT                          2. CONTINGENT ANNUITANT (optional)
 Name:_______________________________     Name:_______________________________
 Address:____________________________     Address:____________________________
 Phone:_________ DOB:____(Max Age 85)     Phone:_________ DOB:____(Max Age 85)
 Sex:[ ]M [ ]F  SS#:_________________     Sex:[ ]M [ ]F  SS#:_________________
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3. OWNER (Complete only if different than Annuitant)     
    Name:____________________________
    Address:_________________________
    Phone:______ DOB:____(Max Age 85)
    Sex:[ ]M [ ]F  SS#:______________

    JOINT OWNER (optional)
    Name:____________________________
    Address:_________________________
    Phone:______ DOB:____(Max Age 85)
    Sex:[ ]M [ ]F  SS#:______________
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 4. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION (if more space is needed, use Section 10):
    Primary (if more than one, must indicate percentages)
    Name/Relationship                   Percentage


    Contingent (if more than one, must indicate percentages)
    Name/Relationship                   Percentage


 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 5. PAYMENT INFORMATION
    Initial Purchase Payment (minimum $5,000) $______________
    If [ ]1035X  OR  [ ] Transfer, estimated amount $______________
    [ ] Non-Qualified
    [ ] Qualified: (check appropriate boxes in sections A and B)
                     [ ] A. Rollover      [ ] Transfer
                     [ ] B. Type of Plan: [ ] IRA   [ ] SEP-IRA
                                          [ ] 401(k)[ ] 401(a)
                                          [ ] Other____________
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 6. INVESTMENT OPTIONS
    (Total allocation must equal 100%; no fractional percentages)
    [(060) Capital Growth Portfolio ___%  (064) Income Portfolio         ___%
     (061) Growth Portfolio         ___%  (065) Global Money Fund        ___%
     (062) Balanced Portfolio       ___%  (116) 1 Year Guarantee Period  ___%
     (063) Value Portfolio          ___%  (117) DCA  Fixed Account       ___%]
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 7. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (Minimum Dollar Cost Average Transfer: $250.00)
    Dollar cost average [ ]$_____ OR [ ] _____% (whole % only)
    taken from the ([ ]Global Money Fund  OR  [ ]DCA Fixed Account)
    Frequency: [ ]Monthly   [ ]Quarterly   [ ]Semiannually   [ ]Annually
    Duration:  [ ]12 months [ ]24 months
               [ ]36 months to be allocated to the following fund(s) as
                  indicated.
    When furnishing the allocations below, you must only use EITHER dollars OR
    percentages  throughout the request.

    [(060) Capital Growth Portfolio ___%  (064) Income Portfolio        ___%
     (061) Growth Portfolio         ___%  (065) Global Money Fund       ___%
     (062) Balanced  Portfolio      ___%  (116) 1 Year Guarantee Period ___%]
     (063) Value Portfolio          ___%      
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 8. REPLACEMENT  Will the proposed  contract  replace any existing  annuity or
    insurance contract? [ ]No  [ ]Yes
    (If yes, list company name,  plan, year of issue and complete  appropriate
    replacement documents.)

<PAGE>

 9. TELEPHONE TRANSFER PRIVILEGE 
      I (or  if  joint  owners,  either  of us  acting  independently)  hereby
      authorize  American  General Life  Insurance  Company  ("AGL") to act on
      telephone  instructions to transfer values among the Variable  Divisions
      and  Fixed  Accounts  and to  change  allocations  for  future  purchase
      payments given by:
      (INITIAL APPROPRIATE BOX(S) BELOW)
      [ ]Contract Owner(s)
      [ ]Agent/Registered  Representative  who is both  appointed to represent
         AGL and with the firm authorized to service my contract.

         AGL and any  person  designated  by this  authorization  will  not be
         responsible  for any claim,  loss,  or expense  based upon  telephone
         transfer instructions received and acted on in good faith,  including
         losses  due to  telephone  instruction  communication  errors.  AGL's
         liability  for  erroneous  transfers,   unless  clearly  contrary  to
         instructions   received,   will  be  limited  to  correction  of  the
         allocations  on a current  basis.  If an error,  objection,  or other
         claim arises due to a telephone transfer  transaction,  I will notify
         AGL in writing within five working days from receipt of  confirmation
         of the transaction from AGL. I understand that this  authorization is
         subject  to the terms and  provisions  of my  [SIERRA  ADVANTAGE  II]
         contract and its related  prospectus.  This authorization will remain
         in effect until my written  notice of its  revocation  is received by
         AGL at its main office.

         [ ]CHECK HERE TO DECLINE TELEPHONE TRANSFER PRIVILEGE.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11. SIGNATURES
     All  statements  made in this  application  are  true to the  best of our
     knowledge and belief,  and we agree to all terms and conditions as shown.
     We further agree that this application,  if attached,  shall be a part of
     the annuity contract and verify our  understanding  that
     ALL  PAYMENTS  AND  VALUES  PROVIDED  BY  THE  CONTRACT,  WHEN  BASED  ON
     INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE,  MAY INCREASE
     OR DECREASE, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO THE DOLLAR AMOUNT.
     We  acknowledge  receipt of the  current  prospectuses  for the  American
     General Life Insurance  Company  Separate  Account D, and Sierra Variable
     Trust.  If  this  application  is for an  IRA  or a  Simplified  Employee
     Pension,  we  acknowledge  receipt of the Individual  Retirement  Annuity
     Disclosure  Statement  provided  to us in  conjunction  with the  current
     prospectuses.
      _______________________________________________________________________
     | UNDER  PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  I CERTIFY (1) THAT THE SOCIAL  SECURITY |
     | (OR TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION) NUMBER IS CORRECT AS IT APPEARS IN THIS |
     | APPLICATION AND (2) THAT I AM NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING UNDER |
     | SECTION  3406(A)(1)(C)  OF THE INTERNAL  REVENUE  CODE.  THE INTERNAL |
     | REVENUE  SERVICE DOES NOT REQUIRE  YOUR  CONSENT TO ANY  PROVISION OF |
     | THIS DOCUMENT OTHER THAN THE CERTIFICATIONS  REQUIRED TO AVOID BACKUP |
     | WITHHOLDING.                                                          |
     |_______________________________________________________________________|

     Signed at____________________________________________  Date: ____________
              CITY                      STATE

     ____________________________________________________
     SIGNATURE OF ANNUITANT

     ____________________________________________________
     SIGNATURE  OF  OWNER(If  different  than  Annuitant)

     ____________________________________________________
     SIGNATURE  OF CONTINGENT ANNUITANT(if applicable)

     ____________________________________________________
     SIGNATURE OF JOINT OWNER(if applicable)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12. DEALER/LICENSED AGENT INFORMATION AND SIGNATURES

     Licensed Agent: __________________________    __________________________
                     PRINT NAME                    AGENT NUMBER/LOCATION

                     __________________________    __________________________
                     PHONE                         STATE LICENSE NUMBER

     Will the  proposed  contract  replace any  existing  annuity or insurance
     contract? [ ]NO  [ ]YES
     The agent hereby certifies he/she witnessed the signature(s) contained in
     this  application and that all information  contained in this application
     is true to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.

     Signature of Licensed Agent: ____________________________________

     Broker Dealer:___________________________________________________
                   PRINT NAME

     Branch Office:___________________________________________________________
                   STREET ADDRESS                   CITY     STATE     ZIP

     Signature of Licensed Principal of Broker Dealer:________________________
      _______________________________________________________________________
     | For Agent Use Only - Contact your Home Office for details.[  ]Profile |
     | A(01) Profile [ ]B(02) Once  selected,  Profile  cannot be changed on |
     | this contract.                                                        |
     |_______________________________________________________________________|





                                                              EXHIBIT 13(b)(i)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/31/96
SIERRA - II
STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS                         AAT
AND NON-STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURNS                                RETURN
Fees based on ave $40,000 account             1 YEAR              SINCE
USING HYPOTHETICAL UNIT VALUES                AATR                INCEPTION
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>
                                                                      05/10/93

GLOBAL MONEY FUND                                                     12/31/96
                                                     365                  1331
INITIAL INVESTMENT                              1,000.00              1,000.00
BEG OF PERIOD UV                                1.070943              1.000000
# OF UNITS PURCHASED                          933.756512          1,000.000000
END OF PERIOD UV                                1.108584              1.108584
END OF PERIOD VALUE                             1,035.15              1,108.58
SURRENDER CHARGE PERCENTAGE                         7.0%                  5.0%
FREE 10% WITHDRAWAL                                 0.00                100.00
LESS SURRENDER CHARGES                             70.00                 45.00
LESS ANNUAL FEE ($)                                $0.91                 $3.71

REDEEMABLE VALUE (after fees & CDSC)              964.24              1,059.87

PERCENT RETURN                                    -3.58%                 1.61%
PERCENT RETURN -  NO FEES & NOT SURRENDERED        3.51%                 2.87%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                                                              EXHIBIT 13(b)(2)

<CAPTION>
12/31/96
SIERRA - II
STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS                         AAT
AND NON-STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURNS                                RETURN
Fees based on ave $40,000 account             1 YEAR              SINCE
USING HYPOTHETICAL UNIT VALUES                AATR                INCEPTION
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>
                                                                      05/10/93
GLOBAL MONEY FUND                                                     12/31/96
                                                     365                  1331
INITIAL INVESTMENT                              1,000.00              1,000.00
BEG OF PERIOD UV                                1.070943              1.000000
# OF UNITS PURCHASED                          933.756512          1,000.000000
END OF PERIOD UV                                1.108584              1.108584
END OF PERIOD VALUE                             1,035.15              1,108.58
SURRENDER CHARGE PERCENTAGE                         7.0%                  5.0%
FREE 10% WITHDRAWAL                                 0.00                100.00
LESS SURRENDER CHARGES                             70.00                 45.00
LESS ANNUAL FEE ($)                                $0.91                 $3.71

REDEEMABLE VALUE (after fees & CDSC)              964.24              1,059.87

PERCENT RETURN                                    -3.58%                 1.61%
PERCENT RETURN -  NO FEES & NOT SURRENDERED        3.51%                 2.87%
</TABLE>


                                                              EXHIBIT 13(b)(3)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/31/96
SIERRA - II                                                       TOTAL
NON-STANDARDIZED CUMULATIVE                   1 YEAR              RETURN
TOTAL RETURNS                                 TOTAL               SINCE
USING HYPOTHETICAL UNIT VALUES                RETURN              INCEPTION
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>
GLOBAL MONEY FUND                                                        05/93

BEG OF PERIOD UV                                1.070943              1.000000
# OF UNITS PURCHASED                          933.756512          1,000.000000
END OF PERIOD UV                                1.108584              1.108584
END OF PERIOD VALUE                             1,035.15              1,108.58

DIFFERENCE                                         35.15                108.58

PERCENT CHANGE                                     3.51%                10.86%
</TABLE>


                                                              EXHIBIT 13(b)(4)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GLOBAL MONEY FUND YIELD FOR 1996
<S>            <C>               <C>
   12/31/95    1.108584
   12/30/95    1.108466          0.000656   total return for 7 days
   12/29/95    1.108584                    (1.108584-1.107928)
   12/28/95    1.108247          0.000592   base period return
   12/27/95    1.108140                    (.000656/1.107928)
   12/26/95    1.108147
   12/25/95    1.108033             3.09%   yield for 7 day period
   12/24/95    1.107928                     ending 12/31/96
                                          ((1.108584-1.107928)/1.107928)*365/7

                                    3.13%   effective yield
                                          ((0.000592+1)^(365/7))-1
</TABLE>


                                                                 EXHIBIT 15(g)

                           LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

     WHEREAS,  American General Life Insurance  Company,  a Texas company (and
its successors, if applicable) ("Company"),  intends from time to time to file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  ("Commission"),  one or more Form
N-4  Registration  Statement(s)  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  on behalf of the  Company  and the  Separate
Account(s) maintained or to be maintained by the Company, with such amendments
thereto as may be necessary or appropriate, together with any and all exhibits
and other documents related thereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE, each of the undersigned individuals, in his capacity as a
director or officer of the Company,  hereby  appoints  Thomas B.  Phillips and
Steven A. Glover, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder
of the  other,  his true and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and with full power of
substitution and resubstitution,  to execute in his name, place, and stead, in
his  capacity  as a director  or  officer or both,  as the case may be, of the
Company,  any  and  all  Form  N-4  Registration  Statements  and  any and all
amendments  thereto  as each said  attorney-in-fact  shall deem  necessary  or
appropriate,   together  with  all  instruments  necessary  or  incidental  in
connection therewith,  and to file the same or cause the same to be filed with
the Commission.  The above-named  attorneys-in-fact shall each have full power
and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned,
in any and all  capacities,  every act  whatsoever  necessary  or desirable in
connection with any and all Form N-4 Registration Statements,  and any and all
amendments  thereto,  as  fully  and  for  all  intents  and  purposes  as the
undersigned might or could do in person,  the undersigned hereby ratifying and
approving the acts of each said attorney-in-fact.

     EXECUTED this 6th day of February, 1997.


 /s/DAVID A. FRAVEL                               /s/JOHN V. LAGRASSE
 ------------------                               -------------------
    David A. Fravel                                  John V. LaGrasse

<PAGE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission